1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
10 //
11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12 
13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 #include <unordered_map>
52 
53 using namespace clang;
54 using namespace sema;
55 
56 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
57   if (OwnedType) {
58     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
59     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
60   }
61 
62   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
63 }
64 
65 namespace {
66 
67 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
68  public:
69    TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false,
70                         bool AllowTemplates = false,
71                         bool AllowNonTemplates = true)
72        : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
73          AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) {
74      WantExpressionKeywords = false;
75      WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
76      WantRemainingKeywords = false;
77   }
78 
79   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
80     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
81       if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl())
82         return false;
83 
84       if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND))
85         return AllowTemplates;
86 
87       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
88       if (!IsType)
89         return false;
90 
91       if (AllowNonTemplates)
92         return true;
93 
94       // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid
95       // as a template or as a non-template.
96       if (AllowTemplates) {
97         auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
98         if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName())
99           return false;
100         RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext());
101         return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() ||
102                isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD);
103       }
104 
105       return false;
106     }
107 
108     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
109   }
110 
111   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
112     return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
113   }
114 
115  private:
116   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
117   bool WantClassName;
118   bool AllowTemplates;
119   bool AllowNonTemplates;
120 };
121 
122 } // end anonymous namespace
123 
124 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
125 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
126   switch (Kind) {
127   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
128   // token kind is a valid type specifier
129   case tok::kw_short:
130   case tok::kw_long:
131   case tok::kw___int64:
132   case tok::kw___int128:
133   case tok::kw_signed:
134   case tok::kw_unsigned:
135   case tok::kw_void:
136   case tok::kw_char:
137   case tok::kw_int:
138   case tok::kw_half:
139   case tok::kw_float:
140   case tok::kw_double:
141   case tok::kw___bf16:
142   case tok::kw__Float16:
143   case tok::kw___float128:
144   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
145   case tok::kw_bool:
146   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
147   case tok::kw___auto_type:
148     return true;
149 
150   case tok::annot_typename:
151   case tok::kw_char16_t:
152   case tok::kw_char32_t:
153   case tok::kw_typeof:
154   case tok::annot_decltype:
155   case tok::kw_decltype:
156     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
157 
158   case tok::kw_char8_t:
159     return getLangOpts().Char8;
160 
161   default:
162     break;
163   }
164 
165   return false;
166 }
167 
168 namespace {
169 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
170   NotFound,
171   FoundNonType,
172   FoundType
173 };
174 } // end anonymous namespace
175 
176 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
177 /// dependent class.
178 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
179 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
180 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
181 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
182                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
183                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
184   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
185     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
186   // Look for type decls in base classes.
187   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
188       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
189   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
190     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
191     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
192       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
193     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
194       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
195       // templates.
196       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
197         continue;
198       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
199       if (!TD)
200         continue;
201       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
202           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
203         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
204           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
205         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
206           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
207                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
208             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
209               BaseRD = PS;
210         }
211       }
212     }
213     if (BaseRD) {
214       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
215         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
216           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
217         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
218       }
219       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
220         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
221         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
222           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
223         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
224           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
225           break;
226         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
227           break;
228         }
229       }
230     }
231   }
232 
233   return FoundTypeDecl;
234 }
235 
236 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
237                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
238                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
239   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
240   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
241   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
242       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
243   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
244        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
245        DC = DC->getParent()) {
246     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
247     // templates.
248     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
249     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
250       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
251   }
252   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
253     return nullptr;
254 
255   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
256   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
257   // lookup during template instantiation.
258   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
259 
260   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
261   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
262                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
263   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
264 
265   CXXScopeSpec SS;
266   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
267 
268   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
269   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
270   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
271   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
272   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
273   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
274 }
275 
276 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
277 /// return the declaration of that type.
278 ///
279 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
280 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
281 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
282 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
283 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
284 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
285                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
286                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
287                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
288                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
289                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
290                              bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
291                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
292   // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
293   bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
294                               getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
295                               !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
296 
297   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
298   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
299   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
300     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
301     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
302       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
303   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
304     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
305 
306     if (!LookupCtx) {
307       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
308         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
309         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
310         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
311         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
312         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
313         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
314         //
315         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
316         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
317         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
318           return nullptr;
319 
320         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
321         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
322         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
323           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
324 
325         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
326         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
327                                        II, NameLoc);
328         return ParsedType::make(T);
329       }
330 
331       return nullptr;
332     }
333 
334     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
335         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
336       return nullptr;
337   }
338 
339   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
340   // lookup for class-names.
341   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
342                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
343   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
344   if (LookupCtx) {
345     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
346     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
347     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
348     // nested-name-specifier.
349     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
350 
351     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
352       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
353       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
354       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
355       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
356       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
357       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
358       LookupName(Result, S);
359     }
360   } else {
361     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
362     LookupName(Result, S);
363 
364     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
365     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
366     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
367       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
368               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
369         return TypeInBase;
370     }
371   }
372 
373   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
374   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
375   case LookupResult::NotFound:
376   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
377     if (CorrectedII) {
378       TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName,
379                                AllowDeducedTemplate);
380       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind,
381                                               S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
382       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
383       TemplateTy Template;
384       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
385       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
386       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
387       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
388       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
389       if (SS && NNS) {
390         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
391         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
392       }
393       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
394           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
395           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
396           // is handled elsewhere).
397           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
398             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
399                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
400         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
401                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
402                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
403                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
404                                     IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
405         if (Ty) {
406           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
407                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
408                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
409           if (SS && NNS)
410             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
411           *CorrectedII = NewII;
412           return Ty;
413         }
414       }
415     }
416     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
417     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
418   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
419   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
420     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
421     return nullptr;
422 
423   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
424     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
425     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
426     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
427     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
428     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
429     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
430       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
431       return nullptr;
432     }
433 
434     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
435     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
436          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
437       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) ||
438           (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) {
439         if (!IIDecl ||
440             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
441               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
442           IIDecl = *Res;
443       }
444     }
445 
446     if (!IIDecl) {
447       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
448       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
449       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
450       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
451       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
452       // a type name.
453       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
454       return nullptr;
455     }
456 
457     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
458     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
459     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
460     // perform the name lookup again.
461     break;
462 
463   case LookupResult::Found:
464     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
465     break;
466   }
467 
468   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
469 
470   QualType T;
471   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
472     // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
473     // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
474     // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
475     auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
476     auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
477     if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
478         FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
479         declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
480       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
481           << &II << /*Type*/1;
482 
483     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
484 
485     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
486     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
487   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
488     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
489     if (!HasTrailingDot)
490       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
491   } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) {
492     if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl))
493       T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD),
494                                                        QualType(), false);
495   }
496 
497   if (T.isNull()) {
498     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
499     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
500     return nullptr;
501   }
502 
503   // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
504   // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
505   // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
506   if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
507       !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
508     if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
509       // Construct a type with type-source information.
510       TypeLocBuilder Builder;
511       Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
512 
513       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
514       ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
515       ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
516       ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
517       return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
518     } else {
519       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
520     }
521   }
522 
523   return ParsedType::make(T);
524 }
525 
526 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
527 static NestedNameSpecifier *
528 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
529   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
530     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
531     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
532     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
533       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
534     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
535       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
536                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
537     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
538       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
539   }
540   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
541 }
542 
543 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
544 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
545 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
546 /// correctly rejects.
547 static const CXXRecordDecl *
548 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
549   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
550     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
551     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
552       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
553         return MD->getParent();
554   }
555   return nullptr;
556 }
557 
558 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
559                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
560                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
561   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
562 
563   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
564   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
565     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
566     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
567     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
568     // lookup is retried.
569     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
570     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
571     // name specifiers.
572     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
573     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
574   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
575                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
576     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
577     // instantiation time.
578     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
579                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
580 
581     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
582     // template instantiation.
583     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
584                                                                       << RD;
585   } else {
586     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
587     return ParsedType();
588   }
589 
590   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
591 
592   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
593   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
594   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
595   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
596   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
597 
598   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
599   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
600   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
601   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
602   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
603   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
604 }
605 
606 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
607 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
608 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
609 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
610 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
611 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
612   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
613   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
614   LookupName(R, S, false);
615   R.suppressDiagnostics();
616   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
617     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
618       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
619       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
620       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
621       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
622       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
623       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
624       }
625     }
626 
627   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
628 }
629 
630 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
631 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
632 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
633 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
634 /// @code
635 /// template<class T> class A {
636 /// public:
637 ///   typedef int TYPE;
638 /// };
639 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
640 /// public:
641 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
642 /// };
643 /// @endcode
644 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
645   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
646     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
647       return true;
648 
649     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
650 
651     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
652     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
653       if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
654         return true;
655     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
656   }
657   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
658 }
659 
660 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
661                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
662                                    Scope *S,
663                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
664                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
665                                    bool IsTemplateName) {
666   // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders.
667   if (II->isEditorPlaceholder())
668     return;
669   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
670   SuggestedType = nullptr;
671 
672   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
673   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
674   TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false,
675                            /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName,
676                            /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName);
677   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
678           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
679                       CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
680     // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case.
681     bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName;
682     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
683       // We corrected to a keyword.
684       diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
685                    PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
686                                         : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
687                        << II);
688       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
689     } else {
690       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
691       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
692         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
693                      PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
694                                           : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
695                          << II, CanRecover);
696       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
697         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
698         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
699                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
700         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
701                      PDiag(IsTemplateName
702                                ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest
703                                : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
704                          << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(),
705                      CanRecover);
706       } else {
707         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
708       }
709 
710       if (!CanRecover)
711         return;
712 
713       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
714       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
715         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
716                           SourceRange(IILoc));
717       // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
718       SuggestedType =
719           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
720                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
721                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
722                       /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
723     }
724     return;
725   }
726 
727   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) {
728     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
729     UnqualifiedId Name;
730     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
731     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
732     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
733     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
734     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
735                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
736                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
737       diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc);
738       return;
739     }
740   }
741 
742   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
743   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
744 
745   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
746     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template
747                                : diag::err_unknown_typename)
748         << II;
749   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
750     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template
751                                : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
752         << II << DC << SS->getRange();
753   else if (SS->isValid() && SS->getScopeRep()->containsErrors()) {
754     SuggestedType =
755         ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
756   } else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
757     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
758     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
759       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
760 
761     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
762       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
763       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
764       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
765     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
766                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
767   } else {
768     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
769            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
770   }
771 }
772 
773 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
774 /// or
775 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
776   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
777                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
778 
779   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
780     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
781       return true;
782 
783     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
784       return true;
785   }
786 
787   return false;
788 }
789 
790 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
791                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
792                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
793                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
794   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
795   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
796   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
797     StringRef FixItTagName;
798     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
799       case TTK_Class:
800         FixItTagName = "class ";
801         break;
802 
803       case TTK_Enum:
804         FixItTagName = "enum ";
805         break;
806 
807       case TTK_Struct:
808         FixItTagName = "struct ";
809         break;
810 
811       case TTK_Interface:
812         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
813         break;
814 
815       case TTK_Union:
816         FixItTagName = "union ";
817         break;
818     }
819 
820     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
821     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
822       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
823       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
824 
825     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
826          I != IEnd; ++I)
827       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
828         << Name << TagName;
829 
830     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
831     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
832     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
833     return true;
834   }
835 
836   return false;
837 }
838 
839 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
840 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
841                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
842   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
843 
844   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
845   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
846 
847   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
848   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
849   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
850   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
851   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
852 }
853 
854 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
855                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
856                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
857                                             const Token &NextToken,
858                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
859   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
860   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
861 
862   assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) &&
863          "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName");
864   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
865       isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
866     // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
867     // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
868     // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
869     // will reject it later.
870     return NameClassification::Unknown();
871   }
872 
873   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
874   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
875 
876   if (SS.isInvalid())
877     return NameClassification::Error();
878 
879   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
880   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
881   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
882     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
883             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
884       return TypeInBase;
885   }
886 
887   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
888   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
889   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
890   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
891   if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
892     DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name);
893     if (Ivar.isInvalid())
894       return NameClassification::Error();
895     if (Ivar.isUsable())
896       return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get()));
897 
898     // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods.
899     if (Result.empty())
900       LookupBuiltin(Result);
901   }
902 
903   bool SecondTry = false;
904   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
905 
906 Corrected:
907   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
908   case LookupResult::NotFound:
909     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
910     // call.
911     if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
912       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
913       // FIXME: Reference?
914       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
915         return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType();
916 
917       // C90 6.3.2.2:
918       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
919       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
920       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
921       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
922       //   the function call, the declaration
923       //
924       //     extern int identifier ();
925       //
926       //   appeared.
927       //
928       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
929       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S))
930         return NameClassification::NonType(D);
931     }
932 
933     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) {
934       // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function
935       // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name.
936       //
937       // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case.
938       TemplateName Template =
939           Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
940       return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template);
941     }
942 
943     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
944     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
945     // "struct", or "union".
946     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
947         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
948       break;
949     }
950 
951     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
952     // close to this name.
953     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
954       SecondTry = true;
955       if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
956               CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S,
957                           &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
958         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
959         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
960 
961         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
962         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
963         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
964             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
965           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
966           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
967         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
968                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
969                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
970                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
971           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
972           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
973         }
974 
975         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
976           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
977         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
978           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
979           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
980                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
981           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
982                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
983                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
984         }
985 
986         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
987         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
988 
989         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
990         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
991           return Name;
992 
993         // Also update the LookupResult...
994         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
995         Result.clear();
996         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
997         if (FirstDecl)
998           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
999 
1000         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1001         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1002         // reference the ivar.
1003         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
1004         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1005           DeclResult R =
1006               LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier());
1007           if (R.isInvalid())
1008             return NameClassification::Error();
1009           if (R.isUsable())
1010             return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar);
1011         }
1012 
1013         goto Corrected;
1014       }
1015     }
1016 
1017     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
1018     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1019     return NameClassification::Unknown();
1020 
1021   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
1022     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
1023     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
1024     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
1025 
1026     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
1027     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
1028     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
1029     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
1030     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
1031     //
1032     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
1033     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
1034     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
1035     // keyword here.
1036     return NameClassification::DependentNonType();
1037   }
1038 
1039   case LookupResult::Found:
1040   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
1041   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
1042     break;
1043 
1044   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
1045     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1046         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1047                                       /*AllowDependent=*/false)) {
1048       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
1049       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
1050       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
1051       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
1052       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
1053       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
1054       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
1055       //   ambiguous.
1056       //
1057       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
1058       // so try again after filtering out template names.
1059       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1060       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1061         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
1062         break;
1063       }
1064     }
1065 
1066     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
1067     return NameClassification::Error();
1068   }
1069 
1070   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1071       (IsFilteredTemplateName ||
1072        hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(
1073            Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1074            /*AllowDependent=*/false,
1075            /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() &&
1076                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20))) {
1077     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1078     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1079     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1080     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1081     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1082     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1083     // C++2a [temp.names]p2:
1084     //   A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an
1085     //   unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one
1086     //   or more functions or finds nothing.
1087     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1088       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1089 
1090     bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1091     bool IsVarTemplate;
1092     TemplateName Template;
1093     if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1094       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1095       Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1096                                                    Result.end());
1097     } else if (!Result.empty()) {
1098       auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl(
1099           *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1100           /*AllowDependent=*/false));
1101       IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1102       IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1103 
1104       if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1105         Template =
1106             Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
1107                                              /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD);
1108       else
1109         Template = TemplateName(TD);
1110     } else {
1111       // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template
1112       // name.
1113       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1114       Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
1115     }
1116 
1117     if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1118       // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1119       // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1120       // to based on which function we selected.
1121       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1122 
1123       return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1124     }
1125 
1126     return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1127                          : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1128   }
1129 
1130   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1131   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1132     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1133     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1134     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1135     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1136       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1137     return ParsedType::make(T);
1138   }
1139 
1140   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1141   if (!Class) {
1142     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1143     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1144             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1145       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1146   }
1147 
1148   if (Class) {
1149     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1150 
1151     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1152       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1153       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1154       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1155       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1156     }
1157 
1158     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1159     return ParsedType::make(T);
1160   }
1161 
1162   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(FirstDecl))
1163     return NameClassification::Concept(
1164         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1165 
1166   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1167   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1168       !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1169     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1170         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1171 
1172   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1173   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1174   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1175   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1176        (NextIsOp &&
1177         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1178       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1179     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1180     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1181     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1182     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1183       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1184     return ParsedType::make(T);
1185   }
1186 
1187   // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate
1188   // that declaration directly. Defer resolving even non-overloaded class
1189   // member accesses, as we need to defer certain access checks until we know
1190   // the context.
1191   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1192   if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL && !FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1193     return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl());
1194 
1195   // Otherwise, this is an overload set that we will need to resolve later.
1196   Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1197   return NameClassification::OverloadSet(UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(
1198       Context, Result.getNamingClass(), SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
1199       Result.getLookupNameInfo(), ADL, Result.isOverloadedResult(),
1200       Result.begin(), Result.end()));
1201 }
1202 
1203 ExprResult
1204 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name,
1205                                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1206   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?");
1207   CXXScopeSpec SS;
1208   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1209   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
1210 }
1211 
1212 ExprResult
1213 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1214                                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
1215                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
1216                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
1217   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
1218   return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
1219                                     NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1220                                     /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
1221 }
1222 
1223 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1224                                               NamedDecl *Found,
1225                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
1226                                               const Token &NextToken) {
1227   if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty())
1228     if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1229       return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar);
1230 
1231   // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1232   LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1233   Result.addDecl(Found);
1234   Result.resolveKind();
1235 
1236   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1237   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1238 }
1239 
1240 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *E) {
1241   // For an implicit class member access, transform the result into a member
1242   // access expression if necessary.
1243   auto *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E);
1244   if ((*ULE->decls_begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
1245     CXXScopeSpec SS;
1246     SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
1247 
1248     // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1249     LookupResult Result(*this, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
1250                         LookupOrdinaryName);
1251     Result.setNamingClass(ULE->getNamingClass());
1252     for (auto I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
1253       Result.addDecl(*I, I.getAccess());
1254     Result.resolveKind();
1255     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1256                                            nullptr, S);
1257   }
1258 
1259   // Otherwise, this is already in the form we needed, and no further checks
1260   // are necessary.
1261   return ULE;
1262 }
1263 
1264 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1265 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1266   auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1267   if (!TD)
1268     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1269   if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1270     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1271   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1272     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1273   if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1274     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1275   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1276     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1277   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1278     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1279   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD))
1280     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept;
1281   return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1282 }
1283 
1284 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1285   assert(DC->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&
1286       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1287   CurContext = DC;
1288   S->setEntity(DC);
1289 }
1290 
1291 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1292   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1293 
1294   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1295   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1296 }
1297 
1298 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1299                                                                     Decl *D) {
1300   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1301   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1302   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1303   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1304   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1305   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1306   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1307   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1308   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1309   return Result;
1310 }
1311 
1312 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1313   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1314 }
1315 
1316 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1317 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1318 ///
1319 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1320   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1321   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1322   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1323   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1324   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1325   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1326   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1327   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1328   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1329   //   namespace.
1330   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1331   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1332   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1333   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1334   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1335 
1336   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1337 
1338 #ifndef NDEBUG
1339   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1340   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1341   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1342 #endif
1343 
1344   CurContext = DC;
1345   S->setEntity(DC);
1346 
1347   if (S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1348     // Also set the corresponding entities for all immediately-enclosing
1349     // template parameter scopes.
1350     EnterTemplatedContext(S->getParent(), DC);
1351   }
1352 }
1353 
1354 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1355   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1356 
1357   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1358   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1359   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1360   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1361   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1362 
1363   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1364   // disappear.
1365 }
1366 
1367 void Sema::EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1368   assert(S->isTemplateParamScope() &&
1369          "expected to be initializing a template parameter scope");
1370 
1371   // C++20 [temp.local]p7:
1372   //   In the definition of a member of a class template that appears outside
1373   //   of the class template definition, the name of a member of the class
1374   //   template hides the name of a template-parameter of any enclosing class
1375   //   templates (but not a template-parameter of the member if the member is a
1376   //   class or function template).
1377   // C++20 [temp.local]p9:
1378   //   In the definition of a class template or in the definition of a member
1379   //   of such a template that appears outside of the template definition, for
1380   //   each non-dependent base class (13.8.2.1), if the name of the base class
1381   //   or the name of a member of the base class is the same as the name of a
1382   //   template-parameter, the base class name or member name hides the
1383   //   template-parameter name (6.4.10).
1384   //
1385   // This means that a template parameter scope should be searched immediately
1386   // after searching the DeclContext for which it is a template parameter
1387   // scope. For example, for
1388   //   template<typename T> template<typename U> template<typename V>
1389   //     void N::A<T>::B<U>::f(...)
1390   // we search V then B<U> (and base classes) then U then A<T> (and base
1391   // classes) then T then N then ::.
1392   unsigned ScopeDepth = getTemplateDepth(S);
1393   for (; S && S->isTemplateParamScope(); S = S->getParent(), --ScopeDepth) {
1394     DeclContext *SearchDCAfterScope = DC;
1395     for (; DC; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
1396       if (const TemplateParameterList *TPL =
1397               cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplateParams()) {
1398         unsigned DCDepth = TPL->getDepth() + 1;
1399         if (DCDepth > ScopeDepth)
1400           continue;
1401         if (ScopeDepth == DCDepth)
1402           SearchDCAfterScope = DC = DC->getLookupParent();
1403         break;
1404       }
1405     }
1406     S->setLookupEntity(SearchDCAfterScope);
1407   }
1408 }
1409 
1410 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1411   // We assume that the caller has already called
1412   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1413   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1414   if (!FD)
1415     return;
1416 
1417   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1418   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1419   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1420     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1421   CurContext = FD;
1422   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1423 
1424   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1425     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1426     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1427     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1428       S->AddDecl(Param);
1429       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1430     }
1431   }
1432 }
1433 
1434 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1435   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1436   // rather than the top-level class.
1437   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1438   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1439   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1440 }
1441 
1442 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1443 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1444 ///
1445 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1446 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1447 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1448 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1449 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1450 /// attribute.
1451 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1452                                        ASTContext &Context,
1453                                        const FunctionDecl *New) {
1454   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1455     return true;
1456 
1457   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1458     return true;
1459 
1460   return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found &&
1461          (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
1462           New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1463 }
1464 
1465 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1466 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1467   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1468   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1469   // scope.
1470   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1471     S = S->getParent();
1472 
1473   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1474   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1475   // into any context.
1476   if (AddToContext)
1477     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1478 
1479   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1480   // are function-local declarations.
1481   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && !S->getFnParent())
1482     return;
1483 
1484   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1485   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1486       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1487     return;
1488 
1489   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1490   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1491                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1492   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1493     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1494       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1495       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1496 
1497       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1498       break;
1499     }
1500   }
1501 
1502   S->AddDecl(D);
1503 
1504   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1505     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1506     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1507     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1508     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1509       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1510       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1511         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1512           continue;
1513       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1514         break;
1515     }
1516 
1517     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1518   } else {
1519     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1520   }
1521 }
1522 
1523 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1524                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1525   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1526 }
1527 
1528 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1529   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1530   do {
1531     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1532       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1533         return S;
1534   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1535 
1536   return nullptr;
1537 }
1538 
1539 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1540                                             DeclContext*,
1541                                             ASTContext&);
1542 
1543 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1544 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1545 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1546                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1547                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1548   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1549   while (F.hasNext()) {
1550     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1551 
1552     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1553       continue;
1554 
1555     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1556       continue;
1557 
1558     F.erase();
1559   }
1560 
1561   F.done();
1562 }
1563 
1564 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they
1565 /// have compatible owning modules.
1566 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1567   // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are
1568   // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for
1569   // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the
1570   // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match.
1571   if (New->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1572       Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) {
1573     New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule());
1574     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New);
1575     return false;
1576   }
1577 
1578   Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule();
1579   Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule();
1580 
1581   if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1582     NewM = NewM->Parent;
1583   if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1584     OldM = OldM->Parent;
1585 
1586   if (NewM == OldM)
1587     return false;
1588 
1589   bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview();
1590   bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview();
1591   if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) {
1592     // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]:
1593     //   if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all
1594     //   other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module
1595     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module)
1596       << New
1597       << NewIsModuleInterface
1598       << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "")
1599       << OldIsModuleInterface
1600       << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : "");
1601     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1602     New->setInvalidDecl();
1603     return true;
1604   }
1605 
1606   return false;
1607 }
1608 
1609 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1610   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1611          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1612          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1613 }
1614 
1615 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1616 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1617   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1618   while (F.hasNext())
1619     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1620       F.erase();
1621 
1622   F.done();
1623 }
1624 
1625 /// Check for this common pattern:
1626 /// @code
1627 /// class S {
1628 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1629 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1630 /// };
1631 /// @endcode
1632 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1633   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1634   // the decl here.
1635   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1636     return false;
1637 
1638   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1639     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1640   return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1641 }
1642 
1643 // We need this to handle
1644 //
1645 // typedef struct {
1646 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1647 // } A;
1648 //
1649 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1650 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1651 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1652 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1653 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1654 // not.
1655 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1656   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1657   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1658     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1659       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1660         return true;
1661     }
1662     DC = DC->getParent();
1663   }
1664 
1665   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1666 }
1667 
1668 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1669 // these semantics.
1670 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1671   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1672     return false;
1673   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1674 }
1675 
1676 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1677   assert(D);
1678 
1679   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1680     return false;
1681 
1682   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1683   // of members of class templates.
1684   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1685       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1686     return false;
1687 
1688   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1689     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1690       return false;
1691     // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly
1692     // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in.
1693     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1694         FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
1695       return false;
1696 
1697     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1698       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1699         return false;
1700     } else {
1701       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1702       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1703         return false;
1704     }
1705 
1706     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1707         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1708       return false;
1709   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1710     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1711     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1712     // like "inline".)
1713     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1714       return false;
1715 
1716     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1717       return false;
1718 
1719     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1720         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1721       return false;
1722     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1723         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1724         VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine())
1725       return false;
1726 
1727     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1728       return false;
1729   } else {
1730     return false;
1731   }
1732 
1733   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1734   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1735   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1736   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1737 }
1738 
1739 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1740   if (!D)
1741     return;
1742 
1743   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1744     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1745     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1746       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1747   }
1748 
1749   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1750     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1751     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1752       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1753   }
1754 
1755   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1756     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1757 }
1758 
1759 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1760   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1761     return false;
1762 
1763   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) {
1764     // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are
1765     // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which
1766     // it is, by the bindings' expressions).
1767     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
1768       if (BD->isReferenced())
1769         return false;
1770   } else if (!D->getDeclName()) {
1771     return false;
1772   } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) {
1773     return false;
1774   }
1775 
1776   if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1777     return false;
1778 
1779   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1780     return true;
1781 
1782   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1783   // functions.
1784   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1785   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1786     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1787     WithinFunction =
1788         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1789   if (!WithinFunction)
1790     return false;
1791 
1792   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1793     return true;
1794 
1795   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1796   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1797     return false;
1798 
1799   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1800   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1801 
1802     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1803     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1804 
1805     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1806     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1807       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1808         return false;
1809     }
1810 
1811     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1812     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1813     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1814       return false;
1815 
1816     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1817     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1818     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1819 
1820     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1821       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1822       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1823         return false;
1824 
1825       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1826         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1827           return false;
1828 
1829         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1830           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1831                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1832             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1833           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1834             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1835           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1836             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1837             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() &&
1838                 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue()))
1839               return false;
1840           }
1841 
1842           // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and
1843           // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor.
1844           if (Init->isTypeDependent())
1845             for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors())
1846               if (!Ctor->isTrivial())
1847                 return false;
1848         }
1849       }
1850     }
1851 
1852     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1853   }
1854 
1855   return true;
1856 }
1857 
1858 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1859                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1860   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1861     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
1862         D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(),
1863         true);
1864     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1865       return;
1866     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
1867         CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon));
1868   }
1869 }
1870 
1871 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1872   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1873     return;
1874 
1875   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1876     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1877       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1878     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1879       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1880   }
1881 }
1882 
1883 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1884 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1885 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1886   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1887     return;
1888 
1889   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1890     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1891     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1892     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1893     return;
1894   }
1895 
1896   FixItHint Hint;
1897   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1898 
1899   unsigned DiagID;
1900   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1901     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1902   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1903     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1904   else
1905     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1906 
1907   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint;
1908 }
1909 
1910 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1911   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1912   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1913   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1914   // MS inline assembly label name.
1915   bool Diagnose = false;
1916   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1917     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1918   else
1919     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1920   if (Diagnose)
1921     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L;
1922 }
1923 
1924 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1925   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1926 
1927   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1928   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1929          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1930 
1931   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1932     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1933 
1934     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1935     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1936 
1937     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1938     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1939       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1940       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1941         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1942     }
1943 
1944     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1945 
1946     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1947     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1948       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1949 
1950     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1951     // already.
1952     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1953     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1954     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1955       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1956         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1957             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1958         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1959       }
1960       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1961     }
1962   }
1963 }
1964 
1965 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1966 ///
1967 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1968 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1969 /// to the fixed name.
1970 ///
1971 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1972 ///
1973 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1974 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1975 ///
1976 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1977 /// class could not be found.
1978 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1979                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1980                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1981   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1982   // creation from this context.
1983   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1984 
1985   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1986     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1987     // find an Objective-C class name.
1988     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{};
1989     if (TypoCorrection C =
1990             CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName,
1991                         TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1992       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1993       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1994       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1995     }
1996   }
1997   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1998   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1999   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
2000       Def = Def->getDefinition();
2001   return Def;
2002 }
2003 
2004 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
2005 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
2006 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
2007 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
2008 /// ill-formed in C++:
2009 /// @code
2010 /// struct S6 {
2011 ///   enum { BAR } e;
2012 /// };
2013 ///
2014 /// void test_S6() {
2015 ///   struct S6 a;
2016 ///   a.e = BAR;
2017 /// }
2018 /// @endcode
2019 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
2020 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
2021 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
2022 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
2023 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
2024 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
2025 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
2026 /// contain non-field names.
2027 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
2028   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
2029          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
2030          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
2031     S = S->getParent();
2032   return S;
2033 }
2034 
2035 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID,
2036                                ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
2037   switch (Error) {
2038   case ASTContext::GE_None:
2039     return "";
2040   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type:
2041     return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID);
2042   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
2043     return "stdio.h";
2044   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
2045     return "setjmp.h";
2046   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
2047     return "ucontext.h";
2048   }
2049   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
2050 }
2051 
2052 FunctionDecl *Sema::CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type,
2053                                   unsigned ID, SourceLocation Loc) {
2054   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2055 
2056   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2057     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = LinkageSpecDecl::Create(
2058         Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
2059     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
2060     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
2061     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
2062   }
2063 
2064   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, II, Type,
2065                                            /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern, false,
2066                                            Type->isFunctionProtoType());
2067   New->setImplicit();
2068   New->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ID));
2069 
2070   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
2071   // FunctionDecl.
2072   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Type)) {
2073     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 16> Params;
2074     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
2075       ParmVarDecl *parm = ParmVarDecl::Create(
2076           Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2077           FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
2078       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
2079       Params.push_back(parm);
2080     }
2081     New->setParams(Params);
2082   }
2083 
2084   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
2085   return New;
2086 }
2087 
2088 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
2089 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
2090 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
2091 /// built-in.
2092 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2093                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2094                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
2095   LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, ID);
2096 
2097   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
2098   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
2099   if (Error) {
2100     if (!ForRedeclaration)
2101       return nullptr;
2102 
2103     // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a
2104     // warning when we were not able to find a type for it.
2105     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type ||
2106         Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(ID))
2107       return nullptr;
2108 
2109     // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was
2110     // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration.
2111     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) {
2112       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf)
2113           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2114       return nullptr;
2115     }
2116 
2117     // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the
2118     // appropriate header.
2119     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
2120         << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error)
2121         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2122     return nullptr;
2123   }
2124 
2125   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
2126       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
2127        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
2128     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
2129         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
2130     if (const char *Header = Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID))
2131       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
2132           << Header << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2133   }
2134 
2135   if (R.isNull())
2136     return nullptr;
2137 
2138   FunctionDecl *New = CreateBuiltin(II, R, ID, Loc);
2139   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
2140 
2141   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
2142   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
2143   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
2144   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
2145   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
2146   CurContext = New->getDeclContext();
2147   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
2148   CurContext = SavedContext;
2149   return New;
2150 }
2151 
2152 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
2153 /// entity if their types are the same.
2154 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
2155 /// isSameEntity.
2156 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
2157                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2158                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
2159   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
2160   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
2161     return;
2162 
2163   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
2164   if (Previous.empty())
2165     return;
2166 
2167   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
2168   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
2169     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
2170 
2171     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
2172     if (S.isVisible(Old))
2173       continue;
2174 
2175     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
2176     // different linkages.
2177     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2178       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
2179                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
2180         continue;
2181 
2182       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
2183       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
2184       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
2185           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
2186         continue;
2187     }
2188 
2189     Filter.erase();
2190   }
2191 
2192   Filter.done();
2193 }
2194 
2195 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
2196   QualType OldType;
2197   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2198     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
2199   else
2200     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
2201   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
2202 
2203   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2204     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
2205     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2206     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
2207       << Kind << NewType;
2208     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2209       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2210     New->setInvalidDecl();
2211     return true;
2212   }
2213 
2214   if (OldType != NewType &&
2215       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
2216       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
2217       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
2218     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2219     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
2220       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
2221     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2222       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2223     New->setInvalidDecl();
2224     return true;
2225   }
2226   return false;
2227 }
2228 
2229 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
2230 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
2231 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
2232 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
2233 ///
2234 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2235                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
2236   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2237   // merging checks.
2238   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2239 
2240   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2241   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2242   if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2243     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2244     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2245     default: break;
2246     case 2:
2247       {
2248         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2249           break;
2250         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2251         if (!T->isPointerType())
2252           break;
2253         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2254           QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2255           if (!PT->isStructureType())
2256             break;
2257         }
2258         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2259         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2260         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2261         return;
2262       }
2263     case 5:
2264       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2265         break;
2266       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2267       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2268       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2269       return;
2270     case 3:
2271       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2272         break;
2273       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2274       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2275       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2276       return;
2277     }
2278     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2279   }
2280 
2281   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2282   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2283   if (!Old) {
2284     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2285       << New->getDeclName();
2286 
2287     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2288     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2289       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2290 
2291     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2292   }
2293 
2294   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2295   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2296     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2297 
2298   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2299     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2300     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2301     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2302     if (OldTag && NewTag &&
2303         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2304         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2305       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2306       // instead of our tag.
2307       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2308       if (OldTD->isModed())
2309         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2310                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2311       else
2312         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2313 
2314       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2315       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
2316 
2317       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2318       // out of the scope.
2319       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2320         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2321         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2322           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2323           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2324           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2325           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2326           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2327         }
2328       }
2329     }
2330   }
2331 
2332   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2333   // with any extensions enabled.
2334   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2335     return;
2336 
2337   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2338   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2339   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2340     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2341     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2342   }
2343 
2344   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2345     return;
2346 
2347   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2348     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2349     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2350     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2351     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2352     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2353       return;
2354 
2355     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2356     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2357     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2358     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2359     //
2360     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2361     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2362     //
2363     //   struct S {
2364     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2365     //   };
2366     //
2367     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2368     // allow the above but disallow
2369     //
2370     //   struct S {
2371     //     typedef int I;
2372     //     typedef int I;
2373     //   };
2374     //
2375     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2376     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2377       return;
2378 
2379     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2380       << New->getDeclName();
2381     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2382     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2383   }
2384 
2385   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2386   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2387     return;
2388 
2389   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2390   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2391   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2392   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2393   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2394       // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL).
2395       (Old->isImplicit() ||
2396        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2397        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2398     return;
2399 
2400   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2401     << New->getDeclName();
2402   notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2403 }
2404 
2405 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2406 /// attribute.
2407 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2408   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2409   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2410   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2411     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2412       if (Ann) {
2413         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2414           return true;
2415         continue;
2416       }
2417       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2418       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2419         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2420       return true;
2421     }
2422 
2423   return false;
2424 }
2425 
2426 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2427   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2428     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2429   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2430     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2431   return true;
2432 }
2433 
2434 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2435 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2436 ///
2437 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2438 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2439   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2440   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2441   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2442   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2443   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2444   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2445     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2446     // in a case like:
2447     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2448     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2449     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2450     // definition in such a case.
2451     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2452       return false;
2453 
2454     if (I->isAlignas())
2455       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2456 
2457     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2458     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2459       OldAlign = Align;
2460       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2461     }
2462   }
2463 
2464   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2465   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2466   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2467   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2468     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2469       return false;
2470 
2471     if (I->isAlignas())
2472       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2473 
2474     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2475     if (Align > NewAlign)
2476       NewAlign = Align;
2477   }
2478 
2479   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2480     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2481     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2482     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2483     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2484 
2485     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2486     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2487     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2488       QualType Ty;
2489       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2490         Ty = VD->getType();
2491       else
2492         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2493 
2494       if (OldAlign == 0)
2495         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2496       if (NewAlign == 0)
2497         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2498     }
2499 
2500     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2501       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2502         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2503         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2504       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2505     }
2506   }
2507 
2508   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2509     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2510     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2511     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2512     //   equivalent alignment.
2513     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2514     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2515     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2516     //   have no alignment specifier.
2517     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2518       << OldAlignasAttr;
2519     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2520       << OldAlignasAttr;
2521   }
2522 
2523   bool AnyAdded = false;
2524 
2525   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2526   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2527     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2528     Clone->setInherited(true);
2529     New->addAttr(Clone);
2530     AnyAdded = true;
2531   }
2532 
2533   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2534   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2535       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2536     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2537     Clone->setInherited(true);
2538     New->addAttr(Clone);
2539     AnyAdded = true;
2540   }
2541 
2542   return AnyAdded;
2543 }
2544 
2545 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2546                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2547                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2548   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2549   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2550   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2551   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2552   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2553   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2554   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2555   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2556   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2557     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(
2558         D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2559         AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2560         AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2561         AA->getPriority());
2562   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2563     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2564   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2565     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2566   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2567     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA);
2568   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2569     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA);
2570   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2571     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(),
2572                                 FA->getFirstArg());
2573   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2574     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName());
2575   else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr))
2576     NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName());
2577   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2578     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(),
2579                                        IA->getInheritanceModel());
2580   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2581     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA,
2582                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()));
2583   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2584            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2585             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2586     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2587     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2588     return false;
2589   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2590     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA);
2591   else if (const auto *SNA = dyn_cast<SwiftNameAttr>(Attr))
2592     NewAttr = S.mergeSwiftNameAttr(D, *SNA, SNA->getName());
2593   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2594     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA);
2595   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2596     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA);
2597   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2598     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA);
2599   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2600     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2601     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2602     NewAttr = nullptr;
2603   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2604            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2605             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2606     NewAttr = nullptr;
2607   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2608     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid(), UA->getGuidDecl());
2609   else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr))
2610     NewAttr = S.mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA);
2611   else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr))
2612     NewAttr = S.mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA);
2613   else if (const auto *IMA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr>(Attr))
2614     NewAttr = S.mergeImportModuleAttr(D, *IMA);
2615   else if (const auto *INA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportNameAttr>(Attr))
2616     NewAttr = S.mergeImportNameAttr(D, *INA);
2617   else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2618     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2619 
2620   if (NewAttr) {
2621     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2622     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2623     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2624       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2625     return true;
2626   }
2627 
2628   return false;
2629 }
2630 
2631 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2632   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2633     return TD->getDefinition();
2634   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2635     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2636     if (Def)
2637       return Def;
2638     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2639   }
2640   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
2641     return FD->getDefinition();
2642   return nullptr;
2643 }
2644 
2645 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2646   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2647     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2648       return true;
2649   return false;
2650 }
2651 
2652 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2653 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2654 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2655   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2656     return;
2657 
2658   const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2659   if (!Def || Def == New)
2660     return;
2661 
2662   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2663   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2664     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2665 
2666     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2667       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2668         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2669         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2670 
2671         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2672         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2673           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2674           --E;
2675           continue;
2676         }
2677       } else {
2678         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2679         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2680                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2681                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2682                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2683         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2684         if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition)
2685           S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation());
2686         else
2687           S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2688         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2689       }
2690       ++I;
2691       continue;
2692     }
2693 
2694     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2695       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2696       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2697         ++I;
2698         continue;
2699       }
2700     }
2701 
2702     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2703       ++I;
2704       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2705     }
2706 
2707     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2708       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2709       ++I;
2710       continue;
2711     } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2712       // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class
2713       ++I;
2714       continue;
2715     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2716       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2717         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2718         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2719         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2720         //   equivalent alignment.
2721         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2722         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2723         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2724         //   have no alignment specifier.
2725         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2726           << AA;
2727         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2728           << AA;
2729         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2730         --E;
2731         continue;
2732       }
2733     } else if (isa<LoaderUninitializedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2734       // If there is a C definition followed by a redeclaration with this
2735       // attribute then there are two different definitions. In C++, prefer the
2736       // standard diagnostics.
2737       if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2738         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2739                diag::err_loader_uninitialized_redeclaration);
2740         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2741         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2742         --E;
2743         continue;
2744       }
2745     } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) &&
2746                cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() &&
2747                !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) {
2748       // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables.
2749       // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany
2750       // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we
2751       // honored it.
2752       ++I;
2753       continue;
2754     } else if (isa<OMPDeclareVariantAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2755       // We allow to add OMP[Begin]DeclareVariantAttr to be added to
2756       // declarations after defintions.
2757       ++I;
2758       continue;
2759     }
2760 
2761     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2762            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2763     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2764     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2765     --E;
2766   }
2767 }
2768 
2769 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl,
2770                                      const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr,
2771                                      bool AttrBeforeInit) {
2772   SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart();
2773 
2774   // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration.
2775   // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve
2776   // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without
2777   // heroics.
2778   std::string SuitableSpelling;
2779   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2780     SuitableSpelling = std::string(
2781         S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit}));
2782   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2783     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2784         InsertLoc, {tok::l_square, tok::l_square,
2785                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), tok::coloncolon,
2786                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2787                     tok::r_square, tok::r_square}));
2788   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2789     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2790         InsertLoc, {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren,
2791                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2792                     tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren}));
2793   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2794     SuitableSpelling = "constinit";
2795   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2796     SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]";
2797   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2798     SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))";
2799   SuitableSpelling += " ";
2800 
2801   if (AttrBeforeInit) {
2802     // extern constinit int a;
2803     // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension
2804     assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute");
2805     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing)
2806         << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2807     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here);
2808   } else {
2809     // int a = 0;
2810     // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit')
2811     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(),
2812            CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late
2813                                  : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late)
2814         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation()));
2815     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here)
2816         << CIAttr->isConstinit()
2817         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2818   }
2819 }
2820 
2821 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2822 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2823                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2824   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2825     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2826     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2827     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2828   }
2829 
2830   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2831     return;
2832 
2833   // [dcl.constinit]p1:
2834   //   If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a
2835   //   variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration.
2836   const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2837   const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2838   if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) {
2839     const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old);
2840     auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2841 
2842     // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked
2843     // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet.
2844     const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration();
2845     if (!InitDecl &&
2846         (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()))
2847       InitDecl = NewVD;
2848 
2849     if (InitDecl == NewVD) {
2850       // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit',
2851       // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute
2852       // form).
2853       if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit())
2854         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit,
2855                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true);
2856     } else if (NewConstInit) {
2857       // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should
2858       // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing
2859       // declaration, this is too late.
2860       if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) {
2861         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit,
2862                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false);
2863         NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2864       }
2865     }
2866   }
2867 
2868   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2869   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2870 
2871   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2872     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2873       if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) {
2874         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2875         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2876         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2877       }
2878     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2879       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2880       // already been ODR-used.
2881       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2882         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2883     }
2884   }
2885 
2886   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2887   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2888     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2889       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2890         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2891                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2892           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2893                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2894               << NewTag;
2895           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2896         }
2897       }
2898     } else {
2899       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2900       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2901     }
2902   }
2903 
2904   // This redeclaration adds a section attribute.
2905   if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
2906     if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) {
2907       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) {
2908         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration);
2909         Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2910       }
2911     }
2912   }
2913 
2914   // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute.
2915   const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>();
2916   if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() &&
2917       !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) {
2918     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section)
2919          << 0 /*codeseg*/;
2920     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2921   }
2922 
2923   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2924     return;
2925 
2926   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2927 
2928   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2929   // we process them.
2930   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2931 
2932   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2933     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2934     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2935     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2936         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2937         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2938       switch (AMK) {
2939       case AMK_None:
2940         continue;
2941 
2942       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2943       case AMK_Override:
2944       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2945         LocalAMK = AMK;
2946         break;
2947       }
2948     }
2949 
2950     // Already handled.
2951     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2952       continue;
2953 
2954     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2955       foundAny = true;
2956   }
2957 
2958   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2959     foundAny = true;
2960 
2961   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2962 }
2963 
2964 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2965 /// to the new one.
2966 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2967                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2968                                      Sema &S) {
2969   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2970   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2971   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2972   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2973   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2974   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2975     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2976            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2977     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2978     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2979     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2980       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2981     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2982       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2983     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2984            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2985   }
2986 
2987   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2988     return;
2989 
2990   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2991 
2992   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2993   // done before we process them.
2994   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2995 
2996   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2997     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2998       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2999         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
3000       newAttr->setInherited(true);
3001       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
3002       foundAny = true;
3003     }
3004   }
3005 
3006   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
3007 }
3008 
3009 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
3010                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
3011                                 Sema &S) {
3012   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3013     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3014       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
3015         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
3016           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3017                *Newnullability,
3018                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3019                 != 0))
3020           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3021                *Oldnullability,
3022                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3023                 != 0));
3024         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3025       }
3026     } else {
3027       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
3028       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
3029                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
3030                          NewT, NewT);
3031       NewParam->setType(NewT);
3032     }
3033   }
3034 }
3035 
3036 namespace {
3037 
3038 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
3039 /// C.
3040 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
3041   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
3042   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
3043   QualType PromotedType;
3044 };
3045 
3046 } // end anonymous namespace
3047 
3048 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
3049 // declaration, or a declaration.
3050 template <typename T>
3051 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
3052 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3053   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3054   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
3055   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3056     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
3057   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
3058     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
3059     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
3060       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
3061   } else
3062     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
3063   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
3064 }
3065 
3066 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
3067 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
3068 /// GNU89 mode.
3069 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
3070                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
3071   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
3072           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
3073           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
3074           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
3075 }
3076 
3077 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
3078   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
3079   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
3080     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
3081   return AT;
3082 }
3083 
3084 template <typename T>
3085 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3086   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
3087   if (DC->isRecord())
3088     return false;
3089 
3090   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
3091   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
3092     return true;
3093   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
3094     return true;
3095   return false;
3096 }
3097 
3098 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
3099 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
3100 
3101 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
3102 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
3103 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
3104 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
3105 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
3106                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
3107   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
3108   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
3109   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
3110   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
3111   //      and function templates; or
3112   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
3113   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
3114   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
3115   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
3116   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
3117 
3118   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
3119   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
3120   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
3121   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
3122   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
3123 
3124   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
3125   if (Old &&
3126       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
3127           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
3128       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
3129     Old = nullptr;
3130 
3131   if (!Old) {
3132     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
3133     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
3134     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3135     return true;
3136   }
3137   return false;
3138 }
3139 
3140 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
3141                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
3142   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
3143 
3144   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
3145     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3146     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3147     if (AttrA == AttrB)
3148       return true;
3149     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() &&
3150            AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic();
3151   };
3152 
3153   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
3154 }
3155 
3156 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified
3157 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier.
3158 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD,
3159                                                DeclaratorDecl *OldD) {
3160   // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when
3161   // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration
3162   // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier:
3163   //
3164   //   inline namespace N { int f(); }
3165   //   int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::.
3166   //
3167   // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change
3168   // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations,
3169   // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular).
3170   if (!NewD->getQualifier())
3171     return;
3172 
3173   // NewD is probably already in the right context.
3174   auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3175   auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3176   if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC))
3177     return;
3178 
3179   assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) ||
3180           NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) &&
3181          "unexpected context for redeclaration");
3182 
3183   auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3184   auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) {
3185     if (!D)
3186       return;
3187     D->setDeclContext(SemaDC);
3188     D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC);
3189   };
3190 
3191   FixSemaDC(NewD);
3192   if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD))
3193     FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate());
3194   else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD))
3195     FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate());
3196 }
3197 
3198 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
3199 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
3200 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
3201 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3202 ///
3203 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
3204 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
3205 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
3206 /// merged with.
3207 ///
3208 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
3209 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
3210                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3211   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
3212   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
3213   if (!Old) {
3214     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
3215       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
3216         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
3217         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
3218              diag::note_using_decl_target);
3219         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
3220              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3221         return true;
3222       }
3223 
3224       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
3225       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3226         return true;
3227       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
3228     } else {
3229       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3230         << New->getDeclName();
3231       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
3232       return true;
3233     }
3234   }
3235 
3236   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
3237   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
3238     return true;
3239 
3240   // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins.
3241   if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) {
3242     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName();
3243     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3244         << Old << Old->getType();
3245     return true;
3246   }
3247 
3248   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3249   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3250   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3251       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3252 
3253   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
3254   // is an extern inline function.
3255   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
3256   // storage classes.
3257   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
3258       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3259       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
3260       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
3261       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
3262     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3263       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
3264       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3265     } else {
3266       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
3267       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3268       return true;
3269     }
3270   }
3271 
3272   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3273       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3274     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3275         << New->getDeclName();
3276     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3277     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3278   }
3279 
3280   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
3281     return true;
3282 
3283   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3284     bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3285     if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) {
3286       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch)
3287         << New << OldOvl;
3288 
3289       // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable
3290       // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one
3291       // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter.
3292       //
3293       // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in
3294       // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it.
3295       const Decl *DiagOld = Old;
3296       if (OldOvl) {
3297         auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) {
3298           const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3299           return A && !A->isImplicit();
3300         });
3301         // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this
3302         // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless.
3303         DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter;
3304       }
3305 
3306       if (DiagOld)
3307         Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(),
3308              diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
3309           << OldOvl;
3310 
3311       if (OldOvl)
3312         New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
3313       else
3314         New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3315     }
3316   }
3317 
3318   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
3319   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
3320   // convention of the first.
3321   //
3322   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
3323   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
3324   //
3325   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
3326   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
3327   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
3328   //
3329   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
3330   // other tests to run.
3331   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3332   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3333   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
3334   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
3335   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
3336   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
3337   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
3338 
3339   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
3340     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
3341     const FunctionType *FT =
3342         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
3343     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
3344     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
3345     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
3346       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
3347       // there but not here.
3348       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3349       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3350     } else if (Old->getBuiltinID()) {
3351       // Builtin attribute isn't propagated to the new one yet at this point,
3352       // so we check if the old one is a builtin.
3353 
3354       // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a
3355       // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is
3356       // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration.
3357       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported)
3358           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3359           << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction;
3360       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3361       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3362     } else {
3363       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
3364       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
3365       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
3366         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3367         << !FirstCCExplicit
3368         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
3369             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
3370 
3371       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
3372       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3373       return true;
3374     }
3375   }
3376 
3377   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
3378   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3379     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
3380     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3381   }
3382 
3383   // Merge regparm attribute.
3384   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
3385       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
3386     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
3387       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
3388         << NewType->getRegParmType()
3389         << OldType->getRegParmType();
3390       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3391       return true;
3392     }
3393 
3394     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
3395     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3396   }
3397 
3398   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
3399   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3400     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3401       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch)
3402           << "'ns_returns_retained'";
3403       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3404       return true;
3405     }
3406 
3407     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
3408     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3409   }
3410 
3411   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() !=
3412       NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3413     if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3414       AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr =
3415         New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>();
3416       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr;
3417       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3418       return true;
3419     }
3420 
3421     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true);
3422     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3423   }
3424 
3425   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
3426     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
3427     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
3428     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
3429     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3430   }
3431 
3432   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3433   // UndefinedButUsed.
3434   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
3435       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3436       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
3437       Old->isUsed(false) &&
3438       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3439     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3440                                            SourceLocation()));
3441 
3442   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
3443   // about it.
3444   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3445       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
3446     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
3447   }
3448 
3449   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
3450   // redeclaration.
3451   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
3452       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
3453     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
3454         << New->getDeclName();
3455     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3456     return true;
3457   }
3458 
3459   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3460     // C++1z [over.load]p2
3461     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
3462     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
3463     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
3464 
3465     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3466     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3467     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3468     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3469     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3470     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3471       return true;
3472     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3473     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3474 
3475     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3476     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3477     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3478     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3479     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3480     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType();
3481     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType();
3482     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3483         canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType,
3484                                        OldDeclaredReturnType)) {
3485       QualType ResQT;
3486       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3487           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3488         // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type.
3489         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3490       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3491         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3492           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3493               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3494         else
3495           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3496               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3497         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3498                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3499         return true;
3500       }
3501       else
3502         NewQType = ResQT;
3503     }
3504 
3505     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3506     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3507     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3508       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3509       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3510       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3511       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3512         New->setType(
3513             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
3514                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3515                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3516         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3517             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3518                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3519                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3520       }
3521     }
3522 
3523     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3524     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3525     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3526       // Preserve triviality.
3527       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3528 
3529       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3530       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3531       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3532       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3533                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3534                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3535       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3536 
3537       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3538           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3539         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3540         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3541         //       is a static member function declaration.
3542         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3543           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3544           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3545           return true;
3546         }
3547 
3548         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3549         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3550         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3551         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3552         if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
3553           unsigned NewDiag;
3554           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3555             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3556           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3557             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3558           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3559             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3560           else
3561             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3562 
3563           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3564         } else {
3565           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3566             << New << New->getType();
3567         }
3568         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3569         return true;
3570 
3571       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3572       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3573       //
3574       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3575       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3576       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3577         if (isFriend) {
3578           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3579         } else {
3580           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3581                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3582             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3583           return true;
3584         }
3585       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3586         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3587              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3588           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3589         return true;
3590       }
3591     }
3592 
3593     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3594     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3595     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3596     //   attribute.
3597     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3598     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3599       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3600       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3601            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3602     }
3603 
3604     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3605     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3606     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3607     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3608     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3609     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3610       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3611            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3612       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3613            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3614     }
3615 
3616     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3617     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3618     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3619     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3620 
3621     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3622     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3623     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3624       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3625       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3626         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3627       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3628       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3629     }
3630 
3631     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3632       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3633       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3634       //
3635       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3636       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3637       // linkage within class scope.
3638       //
3639       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3640       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3641         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3642         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3643       } else {
3644         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3645         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3646         return true;
3647       }
3648     }
3649 
3650     // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the
3651     // exception specifier because it was already checked above in
3652     // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics
3653     // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility.
3654     if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison,
3655                                                          NewQType))
3656       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3657 
3658     // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or
3659     // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again
3660     // during instantiation.
3661     if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType))
3662       return false;
3663 
3664     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3665   }
3666 
3667   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3668   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3669   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3670       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3671     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3672     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3673     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3674     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3675         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3676       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3677       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3678       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3679       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3680       NewQType =
3681           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3682                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3683       New->setType(NewQType);
3684       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3685 
3686       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3687       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3688       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3689         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3690                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3691                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3692                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3693         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3694         Param->setImplicit();
3695         Params.push_back(Param);
3696       }
3697 
3698       New->setParams(Params);
3699     }
3700 
3701     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3702   }
3703 
3704   // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address
3705   // spaces are ignored.
3706   if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType))
3707     return false;
3708 
3709   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3710   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3711   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3712   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3713   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3714   // the prototype.
3715   //
3716   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3717   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3718   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3719   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3720   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3721       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3722       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3723       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3724     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3725     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3726     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3727       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3728     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3729       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3730 
3731     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3732     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3733                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3734     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3735     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3736          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3737       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3738       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3739       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3740                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3741         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3742       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3743                                             NewParm->getType(),
3744                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3745         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3746                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3747         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3748         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3749       } else
3750         LooseCompatible = false;
3751     }
3752 
3753     if (LooseCompatible) {
3754       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3755         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3756              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3757           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3758           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3759         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3760           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3761                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3762       }
3763 
3764       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3765         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3766                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3767       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3768     }
3769 
3770     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3771   }
3772 
3773   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3774   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3775 
3776   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3777   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3778   unsigned BuiltinID;
3779   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3780     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3781     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3782     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3783       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3784       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3785         << Old << Old->getType();
3786       return false;
3787     }
3788 
3789     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3790   }
3791 
3792   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3793   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3794   return true;
3795 }
3796 
3797 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3798 /// known to be compatible.
3799 ///
3800 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3801 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3802 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3803 /// redeclaration of Old.
3804 ///
3805 /// \returns false
3806 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3807                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3808   // Merge the attributes
3809   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3810 
3811   // Merge "pure" flag.
3812   if (Old->isPure())
3813     New->setPure();
3814 
3815   // Merge "used" flag.
3816   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3817     New->setIsUsed();
3818 
3819   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3820   // declarations.
3821   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3822       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3823         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3824         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3825         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3826         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3827       }
3828 
3829   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3830     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3831 
3832   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3833   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3834   // was visible.
3835   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3836   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3837     New->setType(Merged);
3838 
3839   return false;
3840 }
3841 
3842 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3843                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3844   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3845   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3846     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3847       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3848       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3849                                                        : AMK_Override;
3850 
3851   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3852 
3853   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3854   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3855                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3856   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3857          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3858        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3859     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3860 
3861   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3862 }
3863 
3864 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3865   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3866 
3867   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3868          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3869          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3870     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3871 
3872   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3873   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3874   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3875     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3876   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3877   New->setInvalidDecl();
3878 }
3879 
3880 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3881 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3882 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3883 ///
3884 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3885 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3886 /// is attached.
3887 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3888                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3889   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3890     return;
3891 
3892   QualType MergedT;
3893   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3894     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3895       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3896       return;
3897     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3898       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3899       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3900     }
3901     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3902     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3903     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3904     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3905     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3906     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3907       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3908       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3909 
3910       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3911       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3912       // mismatch.
3913       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3914         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3915              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3916           QualType PrevVDTy = PrevVD->getType();
3917           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3918             continue;
3919 
3920           if (!Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), PrevVDTy))
3921             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3922         }
3923       }
3924 
3925       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3926         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3927                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3928           MergedT = New->getType();
3929       }
3930       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3931       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3932       // visible.
3933       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3934         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3935                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3936           MergedT = Old->getType();
3937       }
3938     }
3939     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3940                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3941       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3942                                               Old->getType());
3943     }
3944   } else {
3945     // C 6.2.7p2:
3946     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3947     //   compatible type.
3948     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3949   }
3950   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3951     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3952     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3953     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3954     // equivalent.
3955     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3956     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3957          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3958       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3959       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3960       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3961       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3962         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3963       return;
3964     }
3965     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3966   }
3967 
3968   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3969   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3970   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3971     New->setType(MergedT);
3972 }
3973 
3974 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3975                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3976   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3977   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3978   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3979   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3980   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3981   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3982   //
3983   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3984   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3985     return false;
3986 
3987   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3988     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3989     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3990     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3991     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3992     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3993            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3994             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3995   } else {
3996     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3997     // type unless we're in the same function.
3998     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3999            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
4000   }
4001 }
4002 
4003 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
4004 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
4005 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
4006 ///
4007 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
4008 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
4009 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
4010 ///
4011 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
4012   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
4013   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4014     return;
4015 
4016   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
4017     return;
4018 
4019   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
4020 
4021   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
4022   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
4023   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
4024   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
4025     if (NewTemplate) {
4026       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4027       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
4028 
4029       if (auto *Shadow =
4030               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4031         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
4032           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4033     } else {
4034       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4035 
4036       if (auto *Shadow =
4037               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4038         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
4039           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4040     }
4041   }
4042   if (!Old) {
4043     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
4044         << New->getDeclName();
4045     notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(),
4046                            New->getLocation());
4047     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4048   }
4049 
4050   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
4051   if (NewTemplate &&
4052       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4053                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4054                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
4055     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4056 
4057   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
4058   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
4059   //
4060   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
4061   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
4062     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
4063       << New->getIdentifier();
4064     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4065     New->setInvalidDecl();
4066   }
4067 
4068   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
4069   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
4070   // declaration
4071   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
4072       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
4073       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
4074     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
4075     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4076     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
4077     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
4078   }
4079 
4080   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
4081       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
4082     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
4083         << New->getDeclName();
4084     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4085     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
4086   }
4087 
4088   // Merge the types.
4089   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
4090   if (MostRecent != Old) {
4091     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
4092                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
4093     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4094       return;
4095   }
4096 
4097   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
4098   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4099     return;
4100 
4101   diag::kind PrevDiag;
4102   SourceLocation OldLocation;
4103   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
4104       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
4105 
4106   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
4107   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
4108       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4109       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
4110     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4111       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
4112           << New->getDeclName();
4113       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4114     } else {
4115       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
4116           << New->getDeclName();
4117       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4118       return New->setInvalidDecl();
4119     }
4120   }
4121   // C99 6.2.2p4:
4122   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
4123   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
4124   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
4125   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
4126   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
4127   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
4128   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
4129   //   identifier has external linkage.
4130   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
4131     /* Okay */;
4132   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
4133            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4134            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
4135     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
4136     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4137     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4138   }
4139 
4140   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
4141   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
4142       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
4143     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4144     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4145     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4146   }
4147   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
4148       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
4149     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4150     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4151     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4152   }
4153 
4154   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
4155     return;
4156 
4157   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
4158 
4159   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
4160   // need to check for mismatches.
4161   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
4162       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
4163       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
4164         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
4165     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
4166     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4167     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4168   }
4169 
4170   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
4171     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4172       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
4173       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
4174       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
4175       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
4176       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4177     }
4178   }
4179 
4180   // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to
4181   // UndefinedButUsed.
4182   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
4183       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
4184     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
4185                                            SourceLocation()));
4186 
4187   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
4188     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
4189       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4190       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4191     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
4192       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4193       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4194     } else {
4195       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
4196       // static and dynamic initialization.
4197       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
4198       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
4199       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
4200         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
4201       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4202     }
4203   }
4204 
4205   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
4206   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4207       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
4208     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
4209         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
4210       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
4211       Diag(New->getLocation(),
4212            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
4213     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4214       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
4215         return;
4216     }
4217   }
4218 
4219   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
4220     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
4221     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4222     New->setInvalidDecl();
4223     return;
4224   }
4225 
4226   // Merge "used" flag.
4227   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
4228     New->setIsUsed();
4229 
4230   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
4231   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
4232   if (NewTemplate)
4233     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
4234   adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
4235 
4236   // Inherit access appropriately.
4237   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
4238   if (NewTemplate)
4239     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
4240 
4241   if (Old->isInline())
4242     New->setImplicitlyInline();
4243 }
4244 
4245 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) {
4246   SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager();
4247   auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New);
4248   auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation());
4249   auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first);
4250   auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first);
4251   auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
4252   StringRef HdrFilename =
4253       SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation()));
4254 
4255   auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod,
4256                                      SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool {
4257     // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped
4258     // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets
4259     // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition
4260     // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on.
4261     if (IncLoc.isValid()) {
4262       if (Mod) {
4263         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file)
4264             << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4265         if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid())
4266           Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here)
4267               << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4268       } else {
4269         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file)
4270             << HdrFilename.str();
4271       }
4272       return true;
4273     }
4274 
4275     return false;
4276   };
4277 
4278   // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why
4279   // this leads to a redefinition error.
4280   if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) {
4281     SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first);
4282     SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first);
4283     bool EmittedDiag =
4284         noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc);
4285     EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc);
4286 
4287     // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one.
4288     if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld))
4289       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards);
4290 
4291     if (EmittedDiag)
4292       return;
4293   }
4294 
4295   // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above.
4296   if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
4297     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4298 }
4299 
4300 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
4301 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
4302 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
4303   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
4304       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
4305        New->isInline() ||
4306        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
4307        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
4308        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
4309     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
4310     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
4311     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
4312 
4313     // Make the canonical definition visible.
4314     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
4315       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD);
4316     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old);
4317     return false;
4318   } else {
4319     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
4320     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4321     New->setInvalidDecl();
4322     return true;
4323   }
4324 }
4325 
4326 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4327 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
4328 Decl *
4329 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4330                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4331   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
4332                                     AnonRecord);
4333 }
4334 
4335 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
4336 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
4337 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
4338 // compatibility.
4339 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
4340 // targeted.
4341 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
4342   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
4343              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
4344              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
4345 }
4346 
4347 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
4348   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4349     return;
4350 
4351   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
4352     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
4353     // it is anonymous.
4354     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
4355       return;
4356     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
4357         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
4358     Context.setManglingNumber(
4359         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
4360                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4361     return;
4362   }
4363 
4364   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
4365   MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
4366   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4367   std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
4368       getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext());
4369   if (MCtx) {
4370     Context.setManglingNumber(
4371         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4372                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4373   }
4374 }
4375 
4376 namespace {
4377 struct NonCLikeKind {
4378   enum {
4379     None,
4380     BaseClass,
4381     DefaultMemberInit,
4382     Lambda,
4383     Friend,
4384     OtherMember,
4385     Invalid,
4386   } Kind = None;
4387   SourceRange Range;
4388 
4389   explicit operator bool() { return Kind != None; }
4390 };
4391 }
4392 
4393 /// Determine whether a class is C-like, according to the rules of C++
4394 /// [dcl.typedef] for anonymous classes with typedef names for linkage.
4395 static NonCLikeKind getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
4396   if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
4397     return {NonCLikeKind::Invalid, {}};
4398 
4399   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1]
4400   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall not
4401   //
4402   //    -- have any base classes
4403   if (RD->getNumBases())
4404     return {NonCLikeKind::BaseClass,
4405             SourceRange(RD->bases_begin()->getBeginLoc(),
4406                         RD->bases_end()[-1].getEndLoc())};
4407   bool Invalid = false;
4408   for (Decl *D : RD->decls()) {
4409     // Don't complain about things we already diagnosed.
4410     if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
4411       Invalid = true;
4412       continue;
4413     }
4414 
4415     //  -- have any [...] default member initializers
4416     if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
4417       if (FD->hasInClassInitializer()) {
4418         auto *Init = FD->getInClassInitializer();
4419         return {NonCLikeKind::DefaultMemberInit,
4420                 Init ? Init->getSourceRange() : D->getSourceRange()};
4421       }
4422       continue;
4423     }
4424 
4425     // FIXME: We don't allow friend declarations. This violates the wording of
4426     // P1766, but not the intent.
4427     if (isa<FriendDecl>(D))
4428       return {NonCLikeKind::Friend, D->getSourceRange()};
4429 
4430     //  -- declare any members other than non-static data members, member
4431     //     enumerations, or member classes,
4432     if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D) ||
4433         isa<EnumDecl>(D))
4434       continue;
4435     auto *MemberRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
4436     if (!MemberRD) {
4437       if (D->isImplicit())
4438         continue;
4439       return {NonCLikeKind::OtherMember, D->getSourceRange()};
4440     }
4441 
4442     //  -- contain a lambda-expression,
4443     if (MemberRD->isLambda())
4444       return {NonCLikeKind::Lambda, MemberRD->getSourceRange()};
4445 
4446     //  and all member classes shall also satisfy these requirements
4447     //  (recursively).
4448     if (MemberRD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
4449       if (auto Kind = getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(MemberRD))
4450         return Kind;
4451     }
4452   }
4453 
4454   return {Invalid ? NonCLikeKind::Invalid : NonCLikeKind::None, {}};
4455 }
4456 
4457 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
4458                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4459   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
4460     return;
4461 
4462   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
4463   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
4464     return;
4465 
4466   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
4467   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
4468 
4469   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
4470   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
4471                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
4472     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4473       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
4474     return;
4475   }
4476 
4477   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1, applied as DR]
4478   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall [be
4479   //   C-like].
4480   //
4481   // FIXME: Also diagnose if we've already computed the linkage. That ideally
4482   // shouldn't happen, but there are constructs that the language rule doesn't
4483   // disallow for which we can't reasonably avoid computing linkage early.
4484   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagFromDeclSpec);
4485   NonCLikeKind NonCLike = RD ? getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(RD)
4486                              : NonCLikeKind();
4487   bool ChangesLinkage = TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed();
4488   if (NonCLike || ChangesLinkage) {
4489     if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::Invalid)
4490       return;
4491 
4492     unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4493     if (ChangesLinkage) {
4494       // If the linkage changes, we can't accept this as an extension.
4495       if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::None)
4496         DiagID = diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage;
4497       else
4498         DiagID = diag::err_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4499     }
4500 
4501     SourceLocation FixitLoc =
4502         getLocForEndOfToken(TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart());
4503     llvm::SmallString<40> TextToInsert;
4504     TextToInsert += ' ';
4505     TextToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
4506 
4507     Diag(FixitLoc, DiagID)
4508       << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD)
4509       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, TextToInsert);
4510     if (NonCLike.Kind != NonCLikeKind::None) {
4511       Diag(NonCLike.Range.getBegin(), diag::note_non_c_like_anon_struct)
4512         << NonCLike.Kind - 1 << NonCLike.Range;
4513     }
4514     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::note_typedef_for_linkage_here)
4515       << NewTD << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD);
4516 
4517     if (ChangesLinkage)
4518       return;
4519   }
4520 
4521   // Otherwise, set this as the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
4522   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
4523 }
4524 
4525 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
4526   switch (T) {
4527   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
4528     return 0;
4529   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
4530     return 1;
4531   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
4532     return 2;
4533   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
4534     return 3;
4535   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
4536     return 4;
4537   default:
4538     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
4539   }
4540 }
4541 
4542 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4543 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
4544 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
4545 Decl *
4546 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4547                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4548                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
4549                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4550   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
4551   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
4552   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4553       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4554       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4555       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4556       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4557     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
4558 
4559     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
4560       return nullptr;
4561 
4562     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
4563     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
4564     // it's a Type.
4565     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
4566       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
4567     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
4568       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4569   }
4570 
4571   if (Tag) {
4572     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
4573     Tag->setFreeStanding();
4574     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
4575       return Tag;
4576   }
4577 
4578   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4579     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
4580     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
4581     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4582       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4583            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
4584            << DS.getSourceRange();
4585   }
4586 
4587   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4588     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
4589         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
4590 
4591   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) {
4592     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
4593     // and definitions of functions and variables.
4594     // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to
4595     // the declaration of a function or function template
4596     if (Tag)
4597       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
4598           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType())
4599           << DS.getConstexprSpecifier();
4600     else
4601       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
4602           << DS.getConstexprSpecifier();
4603     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
4604     return TagD;
4605   }
4606 
4607   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
4608 
4609   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
4610     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
4611     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
4612     if (TagD && !Tag)
4613       return nullptr;
4614     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
4615   }
4616 
4617   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
4618   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
4619     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
4620   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4621       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4622       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
4623     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
4624     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
4625     // or an explicit specialization.
4626     //
4627     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
4628     // obvious intent of DR1819.
4629     //
4630     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
4631     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
4632         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
4633     return nullptr;
4634   }
4635 
4636   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
4637   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
4638 
4639   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
4640   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
4641     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4642         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4643       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
4644           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4645         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
4646         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
4647         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
4648         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
4649         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
4650         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
4651         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
4652         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4653           AnonRecord = Record;
4654         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
4655                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4656       }
4657 
4658       DeclaresAnything = false;
4659     }
4660   }
4661 
4662   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
4663   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4664   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4665   //
4666   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4667   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4668   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4669       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4670     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4671     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4672     //   struct STRUCT;
4673     //   union UNION;
4674     // and
4675     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4676     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4677     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4678         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4679       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4680       if (Tag)
4681         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4682       else if (const RecordType *RT =
4683                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4684         Record = RT->getDecl();
4685       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4686         Record = UT->getDecl();
4687 
4688       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4689         Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4690             << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4691         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4692       }
4693 
4694       DeclaresAnything = false;
4695     }
4696   }
4697 
4698   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4699   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4700       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4701     return TagD;
4702 
4703   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4704       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4705     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4706       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4707           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4708         DeclaresAnything = false;
4709 
4710   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4711     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4712     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4713       Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4714           << DS.getSourceRange();
4715     else
4716       DeclaresAnything = false;
4717   }
4718 
4719   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4720       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4721     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4722       << Tag->getTagKind()
4723       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4724 
4725   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4726 
4727   // C 6.7/2:
4728   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4729   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4730   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4731   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4732   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4733   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4734   //   previous declaration.
4735   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4736     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4737     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4738     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), (IsExplicitInstantiation || !TemplateParams.empty())
4739                                ? diag::err_no_declarators
4740                                : diag::ext_no_declarators)
4741         << DS.getSourceRange();
4742     return TagD;
4743   }
4744 
4745   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4746   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4747   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4748   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4749   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4750   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4751   //
4752   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4753   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4754   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4755     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4756 
4757   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4758   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4759   // useless.
4760   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4761     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4762       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4763       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4764       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4765     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4766       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4767         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4768   }
4769 
4770   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4771     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4772       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4773   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4774     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4775       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4776     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4777       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4778     // Restrict is covered above.
4779     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4780       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4781     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4782       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4783   }
4784 
4785   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4786   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4787   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4788   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4789     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4790     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4791         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4792         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4793         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4794         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4795       for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes())
4796         Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4797             << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4798     }
4799   }
4800 
4801   return TagD;
4802 }
4803 
4804 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4805 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4806 ///
4807 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4808 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4809                                          Scope *S,
4810                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4811                                          DeclarationName Name,
4812                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4813                                          bool IsUnion) {
4814   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4815                  Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
4816   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4817 
4818   // Pick a representative declaration.
4819   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4820   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4821 
4822   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4823     return false;
4824 
4825   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4826     << IsUnion << Name;
4827   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4828 
4829   return true;
4830 }
4831 
4832 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4833 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4834 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4835 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4836 /// struct, e.g.,
4837 ///
4838 /// @code
4839 /// union {
4840 ///   int i;
4841 ///   float f;
4842 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4843 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4844 /// @endcode
4845 ///
4846 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4847 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4848 static bool
4849 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4850                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4851                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4852   bool Invalid = false;
4853 
4854   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4855   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4856     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4857         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4858       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4859       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4860                                        VD->getLocation(),
4861                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4862         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4863         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4864         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4865         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4866         Invalid = true;
4867       } else {
4868         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4869         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4870         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4871         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4872         //   anonymous union is declared.
4873         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4874         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4875           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4876         else
4877           Chaining.push_back(VD);
4878 
4879         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4880         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4881           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4882         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4883           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4884 
4885         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4886             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4887             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4888 
4889         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4890           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4891 
4892         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4893         IndirectField->setImplicit();
4894         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4895 
4896         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4897         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4898 
4899         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4900       }
4901     }
4902   }
4903 
4904   return Invalid;
4905 }
4906 
4907 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4908 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4909 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4910 static StorageClass
4911 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4912   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4913   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4914          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4915   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4916   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4917   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4918     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4919       return SC_None;
4920     return SC_Extern;
4921   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4922   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4923   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4924   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4925     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4926   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4927   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4928   }
4929   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4930 }
4931 
4932 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4933   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4934 
4935   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4936     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4937     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4938       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4939     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4940       return FD->getLocation();
4941   }
4942 
4943   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4944 }
4945 
4946 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4947                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4948   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4949     return;
4950 
4951   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4952   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4953 }
4954 
4955 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4956                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4957   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4958     return;
4959 
4960   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4961 }
4962 
4963 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4964 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4965 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4966 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4967 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4968                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4969                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4970                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4971   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4972 
4973   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4974   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4975     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4976   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4977     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4978   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4979     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4980 
4981   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4982   // structs/unions.
4983   bool Invalid = false;
4984   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4985     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4986     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4987       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4988       // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2:
4989       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4990       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4991       unsigned DiagID;
4992       DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext();
4993       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4994           (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() ||
4995            (OwnerScope->isNamespace() &&
4996             !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) {
4997         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4998           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4999 
5000         // Recover by adding 'static'.
5001         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
5002                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
5003       }
5004       // C++ [class.union]p6:
5005       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
5006       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
5007       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5008                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5009         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5010              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
5011           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5012 
5013         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
5014         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
5015                                SourceLocation(),
5016                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5017       }
5018     }
5019 
5020     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
5021     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
5022       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
5023         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5024           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
5025           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
5026       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
5027         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
5028              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5029           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
5030           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
5031       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
5032         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
5033              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5034           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
5035           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
5036       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
5037         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
5038              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5039           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
5040           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
5041       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
5042         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
5043              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5044           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
5045           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
5046 
5047       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
5048     }
5049 
5050     // C++ [class.union]p2:
5051     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
5052     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
5053     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
5054     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
5055       // Ignore invalid declarations; we already diagnosed them.
5056       if (Mem->isInvalidDecl())
5057         continue;
5058 
5059       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
5060         // C++ [class.union]p3:
5061         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
5062         //   members (clause 11).
5063         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
5064         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
5065           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
5066             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
5067           Invalid = true;
5068         }
5069 
5070         // C++ [class.union]p1
5071         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
5072         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
5073         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
5074         //   array of such objects.
5075         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
5076           Invalid = true;
5077       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
5078         // Any implicit members are fine.
5079       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
5080         // This is a type that showed up in an
5081         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
5082         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
5083         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
5084       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
5085         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
5086             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
5087           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5088           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
5089             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5090               << Record->isUnion();
5091           else {
5092             // This is a nested type declaration.
5093             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5094               << Record->isUnion();
5095             Invalid = true;
5096           }
5097         } else {
5098           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
5099           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
5100           // not part of standard C++.
5101           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
5102                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
5103             << Record->isUnion();
5104         }
5105       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
5106         // Any access specifier is fine.
5107       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
5108         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
5109       } else {
5110         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
5111         // member. Complain about it.
5112         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
5113         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
5114           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
5115         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
5116           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
5117         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
5118           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
5119 
5120         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5121         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
5122             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5123           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5124             << Record->isUnion();
5125         else {
5126           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
5127           Invalid = true;
5128         }
5129       }
5130     }
5131 
5132     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
5133     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
5134     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
5135     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
5136         Owner->isRecord())
5137       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
5138                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
5139   }
5140 
5141   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
5142     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
5143       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
5144     Invalid = true;
5145   }
5146 
5147   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
5148   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
5149   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
5150   //   names into the program
5151   // C++ [class.mem]p2:
5152   //   each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member
5153   //   name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field
5154   //
5155   // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere.
5156   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty())
5157     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
5158 
5159   // Mock up a declarator.
5160   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext);
5161   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5162   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
5163 
5164   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
5165   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
5166   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5167     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(
5168         Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(),
5169         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo,
5170         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5171         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5172     Anon->setAccess(AS);
5173     ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc);
5174 
5175     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5176       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
5177   } else {
5178     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
5179     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
5180     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5181       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5182       // an error here
5183       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5184       Invalid = true;
5185       SC = SC_None;
5186     }
5187 
5188     assert(DS.getAttributes().empty() && "No attribute expected");
5189     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(),
5190                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
5191                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC);
5192 
5193     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
5194     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
5195     // initializer:
5196     //   union { int n = 0; };
5197     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
5198   }
5199   Anon->setImplicit();
5200 
5201   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
5202   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
5203 
5204   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
5205   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
5206   // its members.
5207   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
5208 
5209   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
5210   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5211   // purposes.
5212   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5213   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5214 
5215   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
5216     Invalid = true;
5217 
5218   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
5219     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5220       MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
5221       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5222       std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
5223           getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
5224       if (MCtx) {
5225         Context.setManglingNumber(
5226             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
5227                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
5228         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5229       }
5230     }
5231   }
5232 
5233   if (Invalid)
5234     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5235 
5236   return Anon;
5237 }
5238 
5239 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
5240 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
5241 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
5242 /// Example:
5243 ///
5244 /// struct A { int a; };
5245 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
5246 ///
5247 /// void foo() {
5248 ///   B var;
5249 ///   var.a = 3;
5250 /// }
5251 ///
5252 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
5253                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
5254   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
5255 
5256   // Mock up a declarator.
5257   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext);
5258   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5259   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
5260 
5261   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
5262   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5263 
5264   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
5265   NamedDecl *Anon =
5266       FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(),
5267                         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo,
5268                         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5269                         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5270   Anon->setImplicit();
5271 
5272   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
5273   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
5274 
5275   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
5276   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5277   // purposes.
5278   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5279   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5280 
5281   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
5282   if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
5283                                diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless) ||
5284       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
5285                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
5286     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5287     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5288   }
5289 
5290   return Anon;
5291 }
5292 
5293 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
5294 /// given Declarator.
5295 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
5296   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
5297 }
5298 
5299 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
5300 DeclarationNameInfo
5301 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
5302   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
5303   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
5304 
5305   switch (Name.getKind()) {
5306 
5307   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
5308   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
5309     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
5310     return NameInfo;
5311 
5312   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: {
5313     // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3:
5314     //   The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization.
5315     //   The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name
5316     //   of the simple-template-id.
5317     // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a
5318     // class template.
5319     // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {};
5320     //        template<typename T> using Y = X<T>;
5321     //        Y(int) -> Y<int>;
5322     //   satisfies these rules but does not name a class template.
5323     TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get();
5324     auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl();
5325     if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
5326       Diag(Name.StartLocation,
5327            diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template)
5328         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN;
5329       if (Template)
5330         Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
5331       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5332     }
5333 
5334     NameInfo.setName(
5335         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template));
5336     return NameInfo;
5337   }
5338 
5339   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
5340     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
5341                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
5342     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
5343       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
5344     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
5345       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
5346     return NameInfo;
5347 
5348   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
5349     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
5350                                                            Name.Identifier));
5351     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
5352     return NameInfo;
5353 
5354   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
5355     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5356     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
5357     if (Ty.isNull())
5358       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5359     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
5360                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5361     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5362     return NameInfo;
5363   }
5364 
5365   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: {
5366     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5367     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
5368     if (Ty.isNull())
5369       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5370     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5371                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5372     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5373     return NameInfo;
5374   }
5375 
5376   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
5377     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
5378     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
5379     // to find the actual type being constructed.
5380     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
5381     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
5382       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5383 
5384     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
5385     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
5386 
5387     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
5388     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
5389     // was qualified.
5390 
5391     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5392                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
5393     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
5394     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
5395     return NameInfo;
5396   }
5397 
5398   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: {
5399     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5400     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
5401     if (Ty.isNull())
5402       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5403     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5404                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5405     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5406     return NameInfo;
5407   }
5408 
5409   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: {
5410     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
5411     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
5412     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
5413   }
5414 
5415   } // switch (Name.getKind())
5416 
5417   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
5418 }
5419 
5420 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
5421   do {
5422     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
5423       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
5424     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
5425       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5426     else
5427       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
5428   } while (true);
5429 }
5430 
5431 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
5432 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
5433 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
5434 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
5435 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
5436 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
5437 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
5438 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
5439                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
5440                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
5441                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
5442   Params.clear();
5443   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
5444     return false;
5445   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
5446     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5447     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5448 
5449     // The parameter types are identical
5450     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
5451       continue;
5452 
5453     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
5454     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
5455     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5456     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5457 
5458     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
5459         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
5460       Params.push_back(Idx);
5461     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
5462       return false;
5463   }
5464 
5465   return true;
5466 }
5467 
5468 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
5469 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
5470 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
5471 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
5472 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
5473 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
5474                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
5475   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
5476   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
5477   //   - types which will become injected class names
5478   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
5479   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
5480   // few cases here.
5481 
5482   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
5483   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
5484   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
5485   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
5486   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
5487   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
5488     // Grab the type from the parser.
5489     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
5490     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
5491     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
5492 
5493     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
5494     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
5495     // attached already.
5496     if (!TSI)
5497       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
5498 
5499     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
5500     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
5501     if (!TSI) return true;
5502 
5503     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
5504     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
5505     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
5506     break;
5507   }
5508 
5509   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
5510   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
5511     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
5512     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
5513     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
5514     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
5515     break;
5516   }
5517 
5518   default:
5519     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
5520     break;
5521   }
5522 
5523   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
5524   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5525     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
5526 
5527     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
5528     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
5529     // pointer.
5530     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
5531       continue;
5532 
5533     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
5534     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
5535     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
5536       return true;
5537   }
5538 
5539   return false;
5540 }
5541 
5542 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
5543   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
5544   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
5545 
5546   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
5547       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
5548     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5549 
5550   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
5551     setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl);
5552 
5553   return Dcl;
5554 }
5555 
5556 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
5557 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
5558 ///   name different from T:
5559 ///     - every static data member of class T;
5560 ///     - every member function of class T
5561 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
5562 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
5563 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
5564                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
5565   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5566 
5567   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5568   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
5569     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
5570   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
5571     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
5572     return true;
5573   }
5574 
5575   return false;
5576 }
5577 
5578 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
5579 /// nested-name-specifier.
5580 ///
5581 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5582 ///
5583 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
5584 /// resolves.
5585 ///
5586 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
5587 ///
5588 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
5589 ///
5590 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus
5591 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation.
5592 ///
5593 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
5594 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
5595                                         DeclarationName Name,
5596                                         SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) {
5597   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
5598   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
5599     Cur = Cur->getParent();
5600 
5601   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
5602   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
5603   //
5604   // class X {
5605   //   void X::f();
5606   // };
5607   //
5608   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
5609   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
5610   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
5611     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5612       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
5613                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
5614         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
5615       SS.clear();
5616     } else {
5617       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
5618     }
5619     return false;
5620   }
5621 
5622   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
5623   // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in
5624   // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope.
5625   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) {
5626     if (Cur->isRecord())
5627       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5628         << Name << SS.getRange();
5629     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
5630       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
5631         << Name << SS.getRange();
5632     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
5633       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
5634         << Name << SS.getRange();
5635     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
5636       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
5637         << Name << SS.getRange();
5638     else
5639       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
5640       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
5641 
5642     return true;
5643   }
5644 
5645   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5646     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
5647     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5648       << Name << SS.getRange();
5649     SS.clear();
5650 
5651     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
5652     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
5653     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
5654     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
5655          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
5656         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
5657                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
5658       return true;
5659 
5660     return false;
5661   }
5662 
5663   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
5664   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
5665   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
5666   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
5667   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
5668     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
5669   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
5670         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
5671     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
5672       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
5673 
5674   return false;
5675 }
5676 
5677 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5678                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
5679   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5680   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5681   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5682 
5683   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
5684   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
5685   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5686     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
5687   } else if (!Name) {
5688     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
5689       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
5690           << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
5691     return nullptr;
5692   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
5693     return nullptr;
5694 
5695   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
5696   // we find one that is.
5697   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
5698          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
5699     S = S->getParent();
5700 
5701   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5702   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
5703     D.setInvalidType();
5704   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5705     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5706                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5707       return nullptr;
5708 
5709     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5710     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5711     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5712       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5713       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5714       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5715       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5716       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5717            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5718         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5719         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5720       return nullptr;
5721     }
5722     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5723 
5724     if (!IsDependentContext &&
5725         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5726       return nullptr;
5727 
5728     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5729     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5730       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5731            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5732         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5733       return nullptr;
5734     }
5735     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5736       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(
5737               D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5738               D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) {
5739         if (DC->isRecord())
5740           return nullptr;
5741 
5742         D.setInvalidType();
5743       }
5744     }
5745 
5746     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5747     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5748     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5749         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5750       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5751       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5752         D.setInvalidType();
5753     }
5754   }
5755 
5756   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5757   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5758 
5759   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5760                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5761     D.setInvalidType();
5762 
5763   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5764                         forRedeclarationInCurContext());
5765 
5766   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5767   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5768     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5769     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5770 
5771     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5772     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5773     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5774     //
5775     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5776     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5777     // the same name.
5778     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5779       /* Do nothing*/;
5780     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5781              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5782               R->isFunctionType())) {
5783       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5784       CreateBuiltins =
5785           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5786     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5787                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5788       CreateBuiltins = true;
5789 
5790     if (IsLinkageLookup) {
5791       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5792       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration);
5793     }
5794 
5795     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5796   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5797     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5798 
5799     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5800     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5801     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5802     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5803     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5804     //  thereof; [...]
5805     //
5806     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5807     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5808     // we want to match. For example, given:
5809     //
5810     //   class X {
5811     //     void f();
5812     //     void f(float);
5813     //   };
5814     //
5815     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5816     //
5817     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5818     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5819     // matches.
5820 
5821     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5822     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5823     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5824     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5825     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5826   }
5827 
5828   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5829       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5830     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5831     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5832       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5833                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5834 
5835     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5836     Previous.clear();
5837   }
5838 
5839   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5840     // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name.
5841     Previous.clear();
5842 
5843   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5844   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5845   // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and
5846   // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates.
5847   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5848       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
5849       (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType()))
5850     Previous.clear();
5851 
5852   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5853   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5854   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5855     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5856 
5857   NamedDecl *New;
5858 
5859   bool AddToScope = true;
5860   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5861     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5862       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5863       return nullptr;
5864     }
5865 
5866     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5867   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5868     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5869                                   TemplateParamLists,
5870                                   AddToScope);
5871   } else {
5872     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5873                                   AddToScope);
5874   }
5875 
5876   if (!New)
5877     return nullptr;
5878 
5879   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5880   // add it to the scope stack.
5881   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope)
5882     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
5883 
5884   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5885     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5886 
5887   return New;
5888 }
5889 
5890 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5891 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5892 /// GCC compatibility).
5893 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5894                                                     ASTContext &Context,
5895                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
5896                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5897   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5898   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
5899   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5900   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5901   SizeIsNegative = false;
5902   Oversized = 0;
5903 
5904   if (T->isDependentType())
5905     return QualType();
5906 
5907   QualifierCollector Qs;
5908   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5909 
5910   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5911     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5912     QualType FixedType =
5913         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5914                                             Oversized);
5915     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5916     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5917     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5918   }
5919   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5920     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5921     QualType FixedType =
5922         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5923                                             Oversized);
5924     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5925     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5926     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5927   }
5928 
5929   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5930   if (!VLATy)
5931     return QualType();
5932 
5933   QualType ElemTy = VLATy->getElementType();
5934   if (ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5935     ElemTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(ElemTy, Context,
5936                                                  SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5937     if (ElemTy.isNull())
5938       return QualType();
5939   }
5940 
5941   Expr::EvalResult Result;
5942   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5943       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
5944     return QualType();
5945 
5946   llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt();
5947 
5948   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5949   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5950     SizeIsNegative = true;
5951     return QualType();
5952   }
5953 
5954   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5955   unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
5956       (!ElemTy->isDependentType() && !ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
5957        !ElemTy->isIncompleteType() && !ElemTy->isUndeducedType())
5958           ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, ElemTy, Res)
5959           : Res.getActiveBits();
5960   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5961     Oversized = Res;
5962     return QualType();
5963   }
5964 
5965   return Context.getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(),
5966                                       ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5967 }
5968 
5969 static void
5970 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5971   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5972   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5973   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5974     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5975     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5976                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5977     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5978     return;
5979   }
5980   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5981     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5982     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5983                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5984     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5985     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5986     return;
5987   }
5988   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5989   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5990   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5991   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5992   if (VariableArrayTypeLoc SrcElemATL =
5993           SrcElemTL.getAs<VariableArrayTypeLoc>()) {
5994     ConstantArrayTypeLoc DstElemATL = DstElemTL.castAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>();
5995     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcElemATL, DstElemATL);
5996   } else {
5997     DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5998   }
5999   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
6000   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
6001   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
6002 }
6003 
6004 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
6005 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
6006 /// GCC compatibility).
6007 static TypeSourceInfo*
6008 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6009                                               ASTContext &Context,
6010                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
6011                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
6012   QualType FixedTy
6013     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
6014                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6015   if (FixedTy.isNull())
6016     return nullptr;
6017   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
6018   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
6019                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
6020   return FixedTInfo;
6021 }
6022 
6023 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
6024 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
6025 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
6026 /// function-scope declarations.
6027 void
6028 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
6029   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6030       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6031     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
6032     return;
6033 
6034   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
6035   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
6036 }
6037 
6038 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
6039   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
6040   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
6041   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
6042 }
6043 
6044 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
6045 /// does not identify a function.
6046 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
6047   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
6048   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
6049   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
6050     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6051          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6052 
6053   if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier())
6054     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6055          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
6056 
6057   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
6058     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6059          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
6060 }
6061 
6062 NamedDecl*
6063 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
6064                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
6065   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6066   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6067     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
6068       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6069     D.setInvalidType();
6070     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
6071     DC = CurContext;
6072     Previous.clear();
6073   }
6074 
6075   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6076 
6077   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
6078     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6079         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
6080   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
6081     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
6082         << 1 << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
6083 
6084   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
6085     if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName)
6086       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation,
6087            diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier)
6088           << "typedef";
6089     else
6090       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
6091           << D.getName().getSourceRange();
6092     return nullptr;
6093   }
6094 
6095   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
6096   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
6097 
6098   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6099   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
6100 
6101   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
6102 
6103   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
6104   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
6105   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
6106   return ND;
6107 }
6108 
6109 void
6110 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
6111   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
6112   // then it shall have block scope.
6113   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
6114   // that redeclarations will match.
6115   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6116   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6117   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6118     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
6119 
6120     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6121       bool SizeIsNegative;
6122       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6123       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6124         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6125                                                       SizeIsNegative,
6126                                                       Oversized);
6127       if (FixedTInfo) {
6128         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
6129         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6130       } else {
6131         if (SizeIsNegative)
6132           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6133         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
6134           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
6135         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6136           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
6137             << Oversized.toString(10);
6138         else
6139           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6140         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
6141       }
6142     }
6143   }
6144 }
6145 
6146 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
6147 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
6148 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
6149 NamedDecl*
6150 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
6151                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
6152 
6153   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6154   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous);
6155 
6156   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
6157   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
6158   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
6159                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
6160   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
6161   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6162     Redeclaration = true;
6163     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
6164   } else {
6165     inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD);
6166   }
6167 
6168   if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration)
6169     CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
6170 
6171   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
6172   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
6173     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6174         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6175       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
6176         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
6177       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
6178         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6179       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
6180         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6181       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
6182         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
6183     }
6184 
6185   return NewTD;
6186 }
6187 
6188 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
6189 /// previous declaration.
6190 ///
6191 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
6192 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
6193 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
6194 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
6195 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
6196 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
6197 ///
6198 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
6199 /// lookup
6200 ///
6201 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
6202 /// declared.
6203 ///
6204 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
6205 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
6206 static bool
6207 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
6208                                 ASTContext &Context) {
6209   if (!PrevDecl)
6210     return false;
6211 
6212   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
6213     return false;
6214 
6215   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6216     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
6217     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
6218     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
6219     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
6220     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
6221     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
6222     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
6223     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
6224       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
6225       return false;
6226 
6227     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
6228     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
6229       // We found a member function: ignore it.
6230       return false;
6231 
6232     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
6233     // previous declarations.
6234     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6235     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6236 
6237     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
6238     // isn't the same function.
6239     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
6240       return false;
6241   }
6242 
6243   return true;
6244 }
6245 
6246 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
6247   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
6248   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
6249   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context));
6250 }
6251 
6252 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
6253   QualType type = decl->getType();
6254   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
6255   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
6256     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
6257     unsigned kind = -1U;
6258     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6259       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6260         kind = 0; // __block
6261       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
6262         kind = 1; // global
6263     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
6264       kind = 3; // ivar
6265     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
6266       kind = 2; // field
6267     }
6268 
6269     if (kind != -1U) {
6270       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
6271         << kind;
6272     }
6273   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6274     // Try to infer lifetime.
6275     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
6276       return false;
6277 
6278     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
6279     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
6280     decl->setType(type);
6281   }
6282 
6283   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6284     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
6285     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
6286         var->getTLSKind()) {
6287       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
6288         << var->getType();
6289       return true;
6290     }
6291   }
6292 
6293   return false;
6294 }
6295 
6296 void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) {
6297   if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace())
6298     return;
6299   if (Decl->getType()->isDependentType())
6300     return;
6301   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
6302     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6303     if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType())
6304       return;
6305     LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private;
6306     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus || getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) &&
6307         Var->hasGlobalStorage())
6308       ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global;
6309     // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array
6310     // type has no address space yet, deduce it now.
6311     if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) {
6312       auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType();
6313       if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) {
6314         // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate
6315         // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`.
6316         OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS);
6317         OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0);
6318         // Re-generate the decayed type.
6319         Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy);
6320       }
6321     }
6322     Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS);
6323     // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to
6324     // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of
6325     // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so
6326     // qualified, not the array type."
6327     if (Type->isArrayType())
6328       Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0);
6329     Decl->setType(Type);
6330   }
6331 }
6332 
6333 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
6334   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
6335   // the wrong linkage.
6336   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
6337 
6338   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
6339   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
6340     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6341       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
6342       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
6343     }
6344   }
6345   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
6346     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6347       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
6348       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
6349       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6350     }
6351   }
6352 
6353   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
6354     if (VD->hasInit()) {
6355       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
6356         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
6357                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
6358         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
6359         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6360       }
6361     }
6362   }
6363 
6364   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
6365   // It does not apply to functions.
6366   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
6367     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6368       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
6369              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
6370       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
6371     }
6372   }
6373 
6374   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
6375     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
6376     bool IsAnonymousNS = false;
6377     bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
6378     if (VD) {
6379       const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext());
6380       while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) {
6381         IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace();
6382         NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent());
6383       }
6384     }
6385     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
6386     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
6387     // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have
6388     // external linkage in order to be exported.
6389     bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft;
6390     if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) ||
6391         (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode &&
6392          (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) {
6393       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
6394         << &ND << Attr;
6395       ND.setInvalidDecl();
6396     }
6397   }
6398 
6399   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
6400   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
6401     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
6402       if (MD->isVirtual()) {
6403         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
6404                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
6405             << Attr;
6406         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
6407       }
6408 
6409   // Check the attributes on the function type, if any.
6410   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) {
6411     // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement;
6412     // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the
6413     // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769.
6414     AttributedTypeLoc ATL;
6415     for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
6416          (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>());
6417          TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) {
6418       // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object
6419       // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor)
6420       // by applying it to the function type.
6421       if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) {
6422         const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6423         if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) {
6424           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param)
6425               << !MD << A->getRange();
6426         } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
6427           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor)
6428               << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange();
6429         }
6430       }
6431     }
6432   }
6433 }
6434 
6435 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
6436                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
6437                                            bool IsSpecialization,
6438                                            bool IsDefinition) {
6439   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6440     return;
6441 
6442   bool IsTemplate = false;
6443   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6444     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6445     IsTemplate = true;
6446     if (!IsSpecialization)
6447       IsDefinition = false;
6448   }
6449   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6450     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6451     IsTemplate = true;
6452   }
6453 
6454   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
6455     return;
6456 
6457   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6458   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6459   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6460   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6461 
6462   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
6463   // inherited attribute instances.
6464   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
6465                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
6466 
6467   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
6468   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
6469   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
6470   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
6471   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
6472 
6473   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
6474     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
6475     bool JustWarn = false;
6476     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
6477       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
6478       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6479         JustWarn = true;
6480       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
6481       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
6482         JustWarn = true;
6483     }
6484 
6485     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
6486     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
6487     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
6488     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
6489       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
6490         JustWarn = false;
6491 
6492     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
6493                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
6494     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
6495         << NewDecl
6496         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
6497     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6498     if (!JustWarn) {
6499       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6500       return;
6501     }
6502   }
6503 
6504   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
6505   // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function
6506   // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or
6507   // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if
6508   // it were marked dllexport.
6509   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
6510   bool IsMicrosoft =
6511       S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() ||
6512       S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsItaniumEnvironment();
6513   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6514     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
6515     // separately.
6516     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
6517     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
6518                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
6519   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6520     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
6521     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
6522                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
6523   }
6524 
6525   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr &&
6526       (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember &&
6527       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
6528     if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) {
6529       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6530              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
6531           << NewDecl;
6532       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6533       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6534       NewDecl->addAttr(
6535           DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange()));
6536     } else {
6537       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6538              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
6539           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6540       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6541       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
6542       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6543       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6544     }
6545   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) {
6546     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport
6547     // attribute.
6548     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6549     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6550     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6551            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
6552         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6553   }
6554 
6555   // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here
6556   // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the
6557   // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically
6558   // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later.
6559   if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6560     if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization &&
6561         !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) {
6562       if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr =
6563               MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
6564         DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context);
6565         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
6566         NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr);
6567       }
6568     }
6569   }
6570 }
6571 
6572 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
6573 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
6574 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
6575 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6576   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
6577 
6578   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
6579   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
6580 
6581   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
6582   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
6583     return false;
6584 
6585   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
6586   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
6587 }
6588 
6589 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
6590 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
6591 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
6592 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
6593 ///
6594 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
6595 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
6596 ///
6597 /// For instance:
6598 ///
6599 ///   auto x = []{};
6600 ///
6601 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
6602 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
6603 ///
6604 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
6605 template<typename T>
6606 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
6607   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6608     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
6609     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
6610       return false;
6611 
6612     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
6613     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
6614                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
6615       return false;
6616   }
6617   return D->isExternC();
6618 }
6619 
6620 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
6621   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6622   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) ||
6623       isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6624     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
6625   if (DC->isFileContext())
6626     return true;
6627   if (DC->isRecord())
6628     return false;
6629   if (isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(DC))
6630     return false;
6631   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6632 }
6633 
6634 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6635   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6636   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
6637       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6638     return true;
6639   if (DC->isRecord())
6640     return false;
6641   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6642 }
6643 
6644 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
6645                           ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) {
6646   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
6647   if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind))
6648     return true;
6649 
6650   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
6651   // position to the decl itself.
6652   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
6653     if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind))
6654       return true;
6655   }
6656 
6657   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
6658   return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind);
6659 }
6660 
6661 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
6662 /// function-local external declaration.
6663 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
6664   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
6665     return false;
6666 
6667   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
6668   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
6669   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
6670   if (DC->isDependentContext())
6671     return true;
6672 
6673   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
6674   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
6675   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
6676   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
6677   //
6678   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
6679   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
6680   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
6681     DC = DC->getParent();
6682   return true;
6683 }
6684 
6685 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
6686 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
6687   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
6688     return FD->isExternC();
6689   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
6690     return VD->isExternC();
6691 
6692   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
6693 }
6694 /// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed.
6695 static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Scope *S, Sema &Se, Declarator &D,
6696                                 DeclContext *DC, QualType R) {
6697   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
6698   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
6699   // argument.
6700   if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
6701     Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6702             diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
6703         << R;
6704     D.setInvalidType();
6705     return false;
6706   }
6707 
6708   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6709   // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
6710   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
6711   // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program
6712   // scope.
6713   if (NULL == S->getParent()) {
6714     if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
6715       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6716               diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var)
6717           << R;
6718       D.setInvalidType();
6719       return false;
6720     }
6721   }
6722 
6723   // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
6724   QualType NR = R;
6725   while (NR->isPointerType()) {
6726     if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
6727       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer);
6728       D.setInvalidType();
6729       return false;
6730     }
6731     NR = NR->getPointeeType();
6732   }
6733 
6734   if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) {
6735     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
6736     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
6737     if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
6738       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
6739       D.setInvalidType();
6740       return false;
6741     }
6742   }
6743 
6744   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6745   // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6746   // address space qualifiers.
6747   if (R->isEventT()) {
6748     if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) {
6749       Se.Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6750       D.setInvalidType();
6751       return false;
6752     }
6753   }
6754 
6755   // C++ for OpenCL does not allow the thread_local storage qualifier.
6756   // OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and
6757   // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers.
6758   DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec();
6759   if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) {
6760     bool IsCXX = Se.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus;
6761     Se.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6762             diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier)
6763         << IsCXX << Se.getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString()
6764         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1;
6765     D.setInvalidType();
6766     return false;
6767   }
6768 
6769   if (R->isSamplerT()) {
6770     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
6771     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
6772     // space qualifiers.
6773     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6774         R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6775       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
6776       D.setInvalidType();
6777     }
6778 
6779     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1:
6780     // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address
6781     // space qualifier or with the const qualifier.
6782     if (DC->isTranslationUnit() &&
6783         !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6784           R.isConstQualified())) {
6785       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler);
6786       D.setInvalidType();
6787     }
6788     if (D.isInvalidType())
6789       return false;
6790   }
6791   return true;
6792 }
6793 
6794 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
6795     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6796     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6797     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
6798   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6799   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
6800 
6801   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6802 
6803   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6804     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
6805     // purposes.
6806     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
6807     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
6808       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
6809       Name = II;
6810     }
6811   } else if (!II) {
6812     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name;
6813     return nullptr;
6814   }
6815 
6816 
6817   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
6818   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
6819 
6820   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
6821   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
6822   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
6823       hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) &&
6824       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport))
6825     SC = SC_Extern;
6826 
6827   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6828   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
6829                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6830 
6831   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
6832     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
6833     // an error here
6834     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
6835     D.setInvalidType();
6836     SC = SC_None;
6837   }
6838 
6839   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
6840       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
6841                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
6842     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
6843     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
6844     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
6845     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6846          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
6847                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
6848       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6849   }
6850 
6851   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6852 
6853   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6854     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
6855     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
6856     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
6857     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
6858       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
6859       D.setInvalidType();
6860     }
6861   }
6862 
6863   bool IsMemberSpecialization = false;
6864   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6865   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6866   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6867   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6868   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6869   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6870   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6871     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6872                             II, R, TInfo, SC);
6873 
6874     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
6875       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6876 
6877     if (D.isInvalidType())
6878       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6879 
6880     if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() &&
6881         NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6882       checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(),
6883                             NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct);
6884   } else {
6885     bool Invalid = false;
6886 
6887     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6888       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6889       switch (SC) {
6890       case SC_None:
6891         break;
6892       case SC_Static:
6893         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6894              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6895           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6896         break;
6897       case SC_Auto:
6898       case SC_Register:
6899       case SC_Extern:
6900         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6901         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6902         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6903         // of class members
6904 
6905         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6906              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6907           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6908         break;
6909       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6910         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6911       }
6912     }
6913 
6914     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6915       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6916         // Walk up the enclosing DeclContexts to check for any that are
6917         // incompatible with static data members.
6918         const DeclContext *FunctionOrMethod = nullptr;
6919         const CXXRecordDecl *AnonStruct = nullptr;
6920         for (DeclContext *Ctxt = DC; Ctxt; Ctxt = Ctxt->getParent()) {
6921           if (Ctxt->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6922             FunctionOrMethod = Ctxt;
6923             break;
6924           }
6925           const CXXRecordDecl *ParentDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctxt);
6926           if (ParentDecl && !ParentDecl->getDeclName()) {
6927             AnonStruct = ParentDecl;
6928             break;
6929           }
6930         }
6931         if (FunctionOrMethod) {
6932           // C++ [class.static.data]p5: A local class shall not have static data
6933           // members.
6934           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6935                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6936             << Name << RD->getDeclName() << RD->getTagKind();
6937         } else if (AnonStruct) {
6938           // C++ [class.static.data]p4: Unnamed classes and classes contained
6939           // directly or indirectly within unnamed classes shall not contain
6940           // static data members.
6941           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6942                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6943             << Name << AnonStruct->getTagKind();
6944           Invalid = true;
6945         } else if (RD->isUnion()) {
6946           // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6947           // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6948           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6949                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6950                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6951                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6952         }
6953       }
6954     }
6955 
6956     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6957     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6958     bool InvalidScope = false;
6959     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6960         D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6961         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6962         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
6963             ? D.getName().TemplateId
6964             : nullptr,
6965         TemplateParamLists,
6966         /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, InvalidScope);
6967     Invalid |= InvalidScope;
6968 
6969     if (TemplateParams) {
6970       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
6971           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
6972         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
6973         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
6974         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6975              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
6976           << II
6977           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6978                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
6979         TemplateParams = nullptr;
6980       } else {
6981         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6982         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6983           return nullptr;
6984 
6985         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
6986           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
6987           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
6988           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
6989         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
6990           // This is a template declaration.
6991           IsVariableTemplate = true;
6992 
6993           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
6994           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6995                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
6996                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
6997                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
6998         }
6999       }
7000     } else {
7001       // Check that we can declare a member specialization here.
7002       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && IsMemberSpecialization &&
7003           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
7004         return nullptr;
7005       assert((Invalid ||
7006               D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) &&
7007              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7008     }
7009 
7010     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
7011       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
7012           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
7013               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
7014               : SourceLocation();
7015       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
7016           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
7017           IsPartialSpecialization);
7018       if (Res.isInvalid())
7019         return nullptr;
7020       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
7021       AddToScope = false;
7022     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
7023       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7024                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
7025                                         Bindings);
7026     } else
7027       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7028                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
7029 
7030     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
7031     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
7032       NewTemplate =
7033           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
7034                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
7035       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
7036     }
7037 
7038     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
7039     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
7040     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
7041       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
7042 
7043     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
7044       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7045       if (NewTemplate)
7046         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7047     }
7048 
7049     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D);
7050 
7051     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
7052     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
7053     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
7054     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
7055       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
7056           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
7057   }
7058 
7059   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
7060     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7061       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
7062           << 0;
7063     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7064       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
7065       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7066            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7067         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7068     } else {
7069       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7070            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
7071                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
7072       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
7073     }
7074   }
7075 
7076   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
7077   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
7078   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7079   if (NewTemplate)
7080     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7081 
7082   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
7083     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
7084       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7085         B->setLocalExternDecl();
7086     else
7087       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
7088   }
7089 
7090   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
7091   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
7092     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
7093     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
7094     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
7095     //   explicitly.
7096     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
7097     //   'extern'.
7098     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7099         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
7100          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
7101          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
7102       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7103            diag::err_thread_non_global)
7104         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7105     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
7106       if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7107           getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7108         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
7109         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
7110         // error should be ignored.
7111         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
7112         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
7113         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
7114         // to emit any code for it.
7115         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7116       } else
7117         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7118              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7119     } else
7120       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7121   }
7122 
7123   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) {
7124   case CSK_unspecified:
7125     break;
7126 
7127   case CSK_consteval:
7128     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7129         diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
7130       << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
7131     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
7132 
7133   case CSK_constexpr:
7134     NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
7135     MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(NewVD);
7136     // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
7137     //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
7138     //   implicitly an inline variable.
7139     if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() &&
7140         (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ||
7141          Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()))
7142       NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
7143     break;
7144 
7145   case CSK_constinit:
7146     if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())
7147       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7148            diag::err_constinit_local_variable);
7149     else
7150       NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create(
7151           Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7152           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit));
7153     break;
7154   }
7155 
7156   // C99 6.7.4p3
7157   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
7158   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
7159   //   thread storage duration...
7160   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
7161   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
7162   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
7163   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
7164   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
7165   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7166       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
7167     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7168     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
7169       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7170            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
7171       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
7172     }
7173   }
7174 
7175   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7176     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7177       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7178           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
7179           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7180                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7181     else if (IsMemberSpecialization)
7182       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7183         << 2
7184         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7185     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
7186       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7187           << 0 << NewVD
7188           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7189           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7190                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7191     else {
7192       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
7193       if (NewTemplate)
7194         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7195       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7196         B->setModulePrivate();
7197     }
7198   }
7199 
7200   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7201 
7202     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD);
7203 
7204     diagnoseOpenCLTypes(S, *this, D, DC, NewVD->getType());
7205   }
7206 
7207   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
7208   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
7209 
7210   if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7211       getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7212     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7213         ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) ||
7214          (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&
7215           OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD))))
7216       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7217            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7218 
7219     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7220         (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice)))
7221       targetDiag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7222     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
7223     // storage [duration]."
7224     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7225         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
7226          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
7227       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
7228     }
7229   }
7230 
7231   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
7232   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
7233   // check the VarDecl itself.
7234   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
7235          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
7236          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
7237 
7238   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
7239   // retainable type.
7240   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
7241     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7242 
7243   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7244   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
7245     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7246     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7247     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
7248     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
7249       switch (SC) {
7250       case SC_None:
7251       case SC_Auto:
7252         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
7253         break;
7254       case SC_Register:
7255         // Local Named register
7256         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
7257             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
7258           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7259         break;
7260       case SC_Static:
7261       case SC_Extern:
7262       case SC_PrivateExtern:
7263         break;
7264       }
7265     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
7266       // Global Named register
7267       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
7268         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
7269         bool HasSizeMismatch;
7270 
7271         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
7272           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7273         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
7274                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
7275                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
7276           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
7277         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
7278           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
7279       }
7280 
7281       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
7282         Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
7283         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7284       }
7285     }
7286 
7287     NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label,
7288                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
7289                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
7290   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7291     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7292       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
7293     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7294       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
7295         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
7296         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7297       } else
7298         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7299             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
7300     }
7301   }
7302 
7303   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
7304   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
7305                                 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
7306                                 : nullptr;
7307 
7308   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
7309   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
7310   // declaration has linkage).
7311   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
7312                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7313                        IsMemberSpecialization ||
7314                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
7315 
7316   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
7317   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
7318   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7319       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
7320     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
7321         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
7322         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
7323 
7324   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7325     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7326   } else {
7327     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
7328     if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7329         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
7330       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7331 
7332     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
7333     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7334       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7335           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
7336           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7337         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
7338         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7339         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
7340           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7341         Previous.clear();
7342         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7343       }
7344     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7345       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
7346       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
7347         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
7348         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7349       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7350     }
7351 
7352     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7353       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7354 
7355     if (NewTemplate) {
7356       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
7357           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
7358               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
7359               : nullptr;
7360 
7361       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
7362       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
7363       // template declaration.
7364       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
7365               TemplateParams,
7366               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7367                               : nullptr,
7368               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7369                DC->isDependentContext())
7370                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7371                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
7372         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7373 
7374       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
7375       // template, make a note of that.
7376       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
7377           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
7378         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
7379     }
7380   }
7381 
7382   // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
7383   if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
7384     CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
7385 
7386   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
7387 
7388   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7389   // the map of such variables.
7390   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7391       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
7392     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
7393 
7394   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7395     MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
7396     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
7397     std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
7398         getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
7399     if (MCtx) {
7400       Context.setManglingNumber(
7401           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
7402                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
7403       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
7404     }
7405   }
7406 
7407   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
7408   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
7409       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
7410       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
7411 
7412     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
7413     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
7414     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7415       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
7416 
7417     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
7418     // behavior.
7419     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
7420       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
7421   }
7422 
7423   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7424     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7425     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization,
7426                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
7427   }
7428 
7429   if (NewTemplate) {
7430     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7431       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7432     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
7433     return NewTemplate;
7434   }
7435 
7436   if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7437     CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous);
7438 
7439   return NewVD;
7440 }
7441 
7442 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
7443 enum ShadowedDeclKind {
7444   SDK_Local,
7445   SDK_Global,
7446   SDK_StaticMember,
7447   SDK_Field,
7448   SDK_Typedef,
7449   SDK_Using
7450 };
7451 
7452 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
7453 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7454                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
7455   if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7456     return SDK_Using;
7457   else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7458     return SDK_Typedef;
7459   else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
7460     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
7461 
7462   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
7463 }
7464 
7465 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
7466 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
7467 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
7468                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
7469   for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
7470     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
7471       return Capture.getLocation();
7472   }
7473   return SourceLocation();
7474 }
7475 
7476 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
7477                                      const LookupResult &R) {
7478   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
7479   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
7480     return false;
7481 
7482   // Return false if warning is ignored.
7483   return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc());
7484 }
7485 
7486 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
7487 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7488 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
7489                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7490   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7491     return nullptr;
7492 
7493   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
7494   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
7495     return nullptr;
7496 
7497   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7498   return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)
7499              ? ShadowedDecl
7500              : nullptr;
7501 }
7502 
7503 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null
7504 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7505 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
7506                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7507   // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class
7508   if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
7509     return nullptr;
7510 
7511   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7512     return nullptr;
7513 
7514   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7515   return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr;
7516 }
7517 
7518 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
7519 /// -Wshadow.
7520 ///
7521 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
7522 /// scope.
7523 ///
7524 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
7525 /// \param R the lookup of the name
7526 ///
7527 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7528                        const LookupResult &R) {
7529   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
7530 
7531   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
7532     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
7533     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
7534       if (MD->isStatic())
7535         return;
7536 
7537     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
7538     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
7539     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC))
7540       if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
7541         // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
7542         // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
7543         ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD});
7544         return;
7545       }
7546   }
7547 
7548   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7549     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
7550       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
7551       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
7552       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
7553         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
7554           ShadowedDecl = I;
7555           break;
7556         }
7557     }
7558 
7559   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
7560 
7561   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
7562   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
7563   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC &&
7564       isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
7565     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
7566       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
7567         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
7568           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
7569           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
7570           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
7571           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
7572           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7573             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
7574         } else {
7575           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
7576           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
7577           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
7578               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back(
7579                   {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
7580           return;
7581         }
7582       }
7583 
7584       if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) {
7585         // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if
7586         // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context.
7587         for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC;
7588              ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC);
7589              ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) {
7590           // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions
7591           // can capture; other scopes don't.
7592           if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) &&
7593               !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) {
7594             return;
7595           }
7596         }
7597       }
7598     }
7599   }
7600 
7601   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
7602   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
7603     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
7604     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
7605       return;
7606 
7607     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
7608     // static data members from base classes?
7609 
7610     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
7611     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
7612     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
7613   }
7614 
7615 
7616   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
7617 
7618   // Emit warning and note.
7619   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
7620     return;
7621   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
7622   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
7623   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7624     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7625         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
7626   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7627 }
7628 
7629 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
7630 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
7631 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
7632   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
7633     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
7634     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
7635     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
7636     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7637     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
7638                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
7639                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
7640         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
7641         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
7642     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7643       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7644           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
7645     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7646   }
7647 }
7648 
7649 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
7650 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
7651   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
7652     return;
7653 
7654   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
7655                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
7656   LookupName(R, S);
7657   if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
7658     CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
7659 }
7660 
7661 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
7662 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
7663 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7664   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
7665   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
7666     return;
7667   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7668   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7669   if (!DRE)
7670     return;
7671   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
7672   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
7673   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
7674     return;
7675   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
7676   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7677   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
7678   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
7679   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7680 
7681   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
7682   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
7683 }
7684 
7685 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
7686 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
7687 template<typename T>
7688 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
7689     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
7690   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
7691   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
7692 
7693   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7694     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
7695     // declaration.
7696     return false;
7697   }
7698 
7699   if (Prev) {
7700     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7701       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
7702       // redeclaration.
7703       Previous.clear();
7704       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7705       return true;
7706     }
7707 
7708     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
7709     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
7710     // declaration.
7711     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
7712       return false;
7713   } else {
7714     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
7715     // translation unit which might conflict.
7716     if (IsGlobal) {
7717       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
7718       IsGlobal = false;
7719       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7720            I != E; ++I) {
7721         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7722           Prev = *I;
7723           break;
7724         }
7725       }
7726     } else {
7727       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
7728           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
7729       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
7730            I != E; ++I) {
7731         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7732           Prev = *I;
7733           break;
7734         }
7735         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
7736         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
7737         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
7738         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
7739         // diagnostic.
7740       }
7741     }
7742 
7743     if (!Prev)
7744       return false;
7745   }
7746 
7747   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
7748   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
7749   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
7750   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
7751     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
7752   else
7753     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
7754 
7755   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
7756     << IsGlobal << ND;
7757   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
7758     << IsGlobal;
7759   return false;
7760 }
7761 
7762 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
7763 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
7764 ///
7765 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
7766 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
7767 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
7768 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
7769 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
7770 template<typename T>
7771 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
7772                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
7773   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7774     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
7775     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
7776     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
7777     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7778       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
7779         Previous.clear();
7780         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7781         return true;
7782       }
7783     }
7784     return false;
7785   }
7786 
7787   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
7788   // declaration.
7789   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
7790     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
7791 
7792   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
7793   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
7794   // in another scope.
7795   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
7796     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
7797 
7798   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
7799   return false;
7800 }
7801 
7802 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
7803   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7804   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7805     return;
7806 
7807   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
7808 
7809   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
7810   if (T->isUndeducedType())
7811     return;
7812 
7813   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
7814     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
7815 
7816   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7817     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
7818       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
7819     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7820     NewVD->setType(T);
7821   }
7822 
7823   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
7824   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
7825   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
7826   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
7827   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7828       T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7829     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0;
7830     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7831     return;
7832   }
7833 
7834   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
7835   // scope.
7836   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
7837       !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") &&
7838       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7839     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
7840     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7841     return;
7842   }
7843 
7844   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7845     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
7846     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7847       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
7848       return;
7849     }
7850 
7851     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
7852       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
7853       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
7854       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7855         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
7856             << 0 /*const*/;
7857         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7858         return;
7859       }
7860       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7861         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
7862         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7863         return;
7864       }
7865     }
7866     // OpenCL C v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
7867     // __constant address space.
7868     // OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
7869     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
7870     // address space.
7871     // C++ for OpenCL inherits rule from OpenCL C v2.0.
7872     // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense.
7873     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
7874         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7875       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
7876           !T->isDependentType() &&
7877           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7878             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
7879              (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 ||
7880               getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)))) {
7881         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
7882         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
7883           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7884               << Scope << "global or constant";
7885         else
7886           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7887               << Scope << "constant";
7888         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7889         return;
7890       }
7891     } else {
7892       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
7893         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7894             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
7895         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7896         return;
7897       }
7898       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7899           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
7900         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7901         // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables
7902         // in functions.
7903         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7904           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7905             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7906                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
7907           else
7908             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7909                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
7910           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7911           return;
7912         }
7913         // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be
7914         // in the outermost scope of a kernel function.
7915         if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7916           if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) {
7917             if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7918               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7919                   << "constant";
7920             else
7921               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7922                   << "local";
7923             NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7924             return;
7925           }
7926         }
7927       } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private &&
7928                  // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr
7929                  // space yet.
7930                  T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7931         // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable.
7932         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1;
7933         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7934         return;
7935       }
7936     }
7937   }
7938 
7939   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
7940       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7941     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
7942       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
7943     else {
7944       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
7945       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
7946     }
7947   }
7948 
7949   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
7950   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
7951       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7952     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
7953 
7954   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
7955       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
7956     bool SizeIsNegative;
7957     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
7958     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
7959         NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
7960     QualType FixedT;
7961     if (FixedTInfo &&  T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType())
7962       FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType();
7963     else if (FixedTInfo) {
7964       // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up
7965       // both types separately.
7966       FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
7967                                                    Oversized);
7968     }
7969     if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
7970       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
7971       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
7972       // int a[10][n];
7973       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
7974 
7975       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7976         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
7977         << SizeRange;
7978       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
7979         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
7980         << SizeRange;
7981       else
7982         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
7983         << SizeRange;
7984       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7985       return;
7986     }
7987 
7988     if (!FixedTInfo) {
7989       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7990         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
7991       else
7992         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
7993       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7994       return;
7995     }
7996 
7997     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
7998     NewVD->setType(FixedT);
7999     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
8000   }
8001 
8002   if (T->isVoidType()) {
8003     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
8004     //                    of objects and functions.
8005     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8006       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
8007         << T;
8008       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8009       return;
8010     }
8011   }
8012 
8013   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8014     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
8015     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8016     return;
8017   }
8018 
8019   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T->isSizelessType()) {
8020     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_sizeless_nonlocal) << T;
8021     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8022     return;
8023   }
8024 
8025   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8026     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
8027     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8028     return;
8029   }
8030 
8031   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
8032       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
8033                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
8034     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8035     return;
8036   }
8037 }
8038 
8039 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
8040 /// declaration.
8041 ///
8042 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
8043 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
8044 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
8045 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
8046 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
8047 ///
8048 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
8049 ///
8050 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
8051 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
8052   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
8053 
8054   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
8055   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8056     return false;
8057 
8058   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
8059   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
8060   if (Previous.empty() &&
8061       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
8062     Previous.setShadowed();
8063 
8064   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8065     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
8066     return true;
8067   }
8068   return false;
8069 }
8070 
8071 namespace {
8072 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
8073   Sema *S;
8074   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
8075 
8076   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
8077   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
8078   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
8079   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
8080     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
8081         Specifier->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8082 
8083     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
8084 
8085     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
8086     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8087       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
8088       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
8089       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
8090 
8091       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
8092     }
8093 
8094     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
8095          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
8096       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
8097       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
8098         if (MD->isVirtual() &&
8099             !S->IsOverload(
8100                 Method, MD, /*UseMemberUsingDeclRules=*/false,
8101                 /*ConsiderCudaAttrs=*/true,
8102                 // C++2a [class.virtual]p2 does not consider requires clauses
8103                 // when overriding.
8104                 /*ConsiderRequiresClauses=*/false))
8105           return true;
8106       }
8107     }
8108 
8109     return false;
8110   }
8111 };
8112 } // end anonymous namespace
8113 
8114 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
8115 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
8116 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
8117   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
8118   CXXBasePaths Paths;
8119   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
8120   FOM.Method = MD;
8121   FOM.S = this;
8122   bool AddedAny = false;
8123   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
8124     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
8125       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
8126         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
8127         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
8128             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
8129             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
8130             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
8131           AddedAny = true;
8132         }
8133       }
8134     }
8135   }
8136 
8137   return AddedAny;
8138 }
8139 
8140 namespace {
8141   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
8142   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
8143   struct ActOnFDArgs {
8144     Scope *S;
8145     Declarator &D;
8146     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
8147     bool AddToScope;
8148   };
8149 } // end anonymous namespace
8150 
8151 namespace {
8152 
8153 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
8154 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
8155 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
8156  public:
8157   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
8158                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
8159       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
8160         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
8161 
8162   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
8163     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
8164       return false;
8165 
8166     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8167     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
8168                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
8169          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8170       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8171 
8172       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8173           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8174         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
8175           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
8176           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
8177             return true;
8178         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
8179           return true;
8180         }
8181       }
8182     }
8183 
8184     return false;
8185   }
8186 
8187   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
8188     return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
8189   }
8190 
8191  private:
8192   ASTContext &Context;
8193   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
8194   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
8195 };
8196 
8197 } // end anonymous namespace
8198 
8199 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) {
8200   TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F);
8201 }
8202 
8203 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
8204 ///
8205 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
8206 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
8207 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
8208 /// the same name.
8209 ///
8210 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
8211 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
8212 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8213     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8214     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
8215   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
8216   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
8217   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8218   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
8219   TypoCorrection Correction;
8220   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
8221   unsigned DiagMsg =
8222     IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend :
8223     NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match :
8224     diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
8225   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
8226                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
8227                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
8228                     Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
8229 
8230   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8231   if (IsLocalFriend)
8232     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
8233   else
8234     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
8235   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
8236          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
8237   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8238   DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
8239                                 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
8240   if (!Prev.empty()) {
8241     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
8242          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
8243       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
8244       if (FD &&
8245           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8246         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
8247         // involve a parameter
8248         unsigned ParamNum =
8249             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
8250         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
8251       }
8252     }
8253   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
8254   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
8255                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
8256                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery,
8257                   IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
8258     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
8259     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
8260                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8261     Previous.clear();
8262     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
8263     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
8264                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
8265          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8266       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8267       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8268           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8269         Previous.addDecl(FD);
8270       }
8271     }
8272     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
8273 
8274     NamedDecl *Result;
8275     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
8276     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
8277     {
8278       // Trap errors.
8279       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
8280 
8281       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
8282       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
8283       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
8284       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
8285           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
8286           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
8287           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
8288           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
8289 
8290       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
8291         Result = nullptr;
8292     }
8293 
8294     if (Result) {
8295       // Determine which correction we picked.
8296       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
8297       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
8298            I != E; ++I)
8299         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
8300           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
8301 
8302       // Let Sema know about the correction.
8303       SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result);
8304       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
8305           Correction,
8306           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
8307                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
8308                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
8309             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
8310       return Result;
8311     }
8312 
8313     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
8314     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
8315                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8316     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
8317     Previous.clear();
8318     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
8319   }
8320 
8321   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
8322       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
8323 
8324   bool NewFDisConst = false;
8325   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8326     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
8327 
8328   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
8329        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
8330        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
8331     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
8332     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
8333     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
8334     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
8335 
8336     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
8337     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
8338       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
8339       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
8340       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
8341       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
8342                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
8343         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
8344         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
8345     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
8346       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
8347           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
8348     } else
8349       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8350                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
8351                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
8352   }
8353   return nullptr;
8354 }
8355 
8356 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
8357   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
8358   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
8359   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
8360   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
8361   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
8362     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8363                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
8364     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
8365     D.setInvalidType();
8366     break;
8367   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
8368   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
8369     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
8370       return SC_None;
8371     return SC_Extern;
8372   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
8373     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8374       // C99 6.7.1p5:
8375       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
8376       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
8377       //   other than extern
8378       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
8379       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8380                    diag::err_static_block_func);
8381       break;
8382     } else
8383       return SC_Static;
8384   }
8385   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
8386   }
8387 
8388   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
8389   return SC_None;
8390 }
8391 
8392 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
8393                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
8394                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8395                                            StorageClass SC,
8396                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
8397   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8398   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8399 
8400   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
8401   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8402 
8403   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8404     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8405     // prototype. This true when:
8406     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
8407     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non-
8408     //     attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a
8409     //     function type).
8410     bool HasPrototype =
8411       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
8412       (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType());
8413 
8414     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8415                                  R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype,
8416                                  CSK_unspecified,
8417                                  /*TrailingRequiresClause=*/nullptr);
8418     if (D.isInvalidType())
8419       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8420 
8421     return NewFD;
8422   }
8423 
8424   ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier();
8425 
8426   ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
8427   if (ConstexprKind == CSK_constinit) {
8428     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8429                  diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
8430         << ConstexprKind;
8431     ConstexprKind = CSK_unspecified;
8432     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec();
8433   }
8434   Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = D.getTrailingRequiresClause();
8435 
8436   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
8437   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
8438   // the class has been completely parsed.
8439   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
8440       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
8441           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
8442           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
8443     D.setInvalidType();
8444 
8445   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
8446     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
8447     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
8448            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
8449 
8450     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8451     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(
8452         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8453         TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline,
8454         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, InheritedConstructor(),
8455         TrailingRequiresClause);
8456 
8457   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8458     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
8459     if (DC->isRecord()) {
8460       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8461       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
8462       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
8463           SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8464           isInline, /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind,
8465           TrailingRequiresClause);
8466 
8467       // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it
8468       // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start
8469       // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration.
8470       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8471         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD);
8472 
8473       IsVirtualOkay = true;
8474       return NewDD;
8475 
8476     } else {
8477       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
8478       D.setInvalidType();
8479 
8480       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
8481       // code path.
8482       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8483                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC,
8484                                   isInline,
8485                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind,
8486                                   TrailingRequiresClause);
8487     }
8488 
8489   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
8490     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
8491       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8492            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
8493       return nullptr;
8494     }
8495 
8496     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8497     if (D.isInvalidType())
8498       return nullptr;
8499 
8500     IsVirtualOkay = true;
8501     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(
8502         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8503         TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
8504         TrailingRequiresClause);
8505 
8506   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) {
8507     if (TrailingRequiresClause)
8508       SemaRef.Diag(TrailingRequiresClause->getBeginLoc(),
8509                    diag::err_trailing_requires_clause_on_deduction_guide)
8510           << TrailingRequiresClause->getSourceRange();
8511     SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8512 
8513     return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8514                                          ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8515                                          D.getEndLoc());
8516   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
8517     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
8518     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
8519     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
8520     // constructor if it has no return type).
8521     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
8522         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
8523       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
8524         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
8525         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8526       return nullptr;
8527     }
8528 
8529     // This is a C++ method declaration.
8530     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(
8531         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8532         TInfo, SC, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
8533         TrailingRequiresClause);
8534     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
8535     return Ret;
8536   } else {
8537     bool isFriend =
8538         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8539     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
8540       return nullptr;
8541 
8542     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8543     // prototype. This true when:
8544     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
8545     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8546                                 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/,
8547                                 ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause);
8548   }
8549 }
8550 
8551 enum OpenCLParamType {
8552   ValidKernelParam,
8553   PtrPtrKernelParam,
8554   PtrKernelParam,
8555   InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
8556   InvalidKernelParam,
8557   RecordKernelParam
8558 };
8559 
8560 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) {
8561   // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types
8562   // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to
8563   // integers other than by their names.
8564   StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"};
8565 
8566   // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef
8567   // for a size dependent type.
8568   QualType DesugaredTy = Ty;
8569   do {
8570     ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames);
8571     auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString());
8572     if (Names.end() != Match)
8573       return true;
8574 
8575     Ty = DesugaredTy;
8576     DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C);
8577   } while (DesugaredTy != Ty);
8578 
8579   return false;
8580 }
8581 
8582 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
8583   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
8584     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
8585     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
8586       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
8587     if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
8588         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private ||
8589         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default)
8590       return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
8591     return PtrKernelParam;
8592   }
8593 
8594   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8595   // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8596   // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8597   // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one
8598   // of these built-in scalar types.
8599   if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT))
8600     return InvalidKernelParam;
8601 
8602   if (PT->isImageType())
8603     return PtrKernelParam;
8604 
8605   if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT())
8606     return InvalidKernelParam;
8607 
8608   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
8609   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
8610   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
8611   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType())
8612     return InvalidKernelParam;
8613 
8614   if (PT->isRecordType())
8615     return RecordKernelParam;
8616 
8617   // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type.
8618   if (PT->isArrayType()) {
8619     const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8620     // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the
8621     // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an
8622     // array, this recursive call only happens once.
8623     return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0));
8624   }
8625 
8626   return ValidKernelParam;
8627 }
8628 
8629 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
8630   Sema &S,
8631   Declarator &D,
8632   ParmVarDecl *Param,
8633   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
8634   QualType PT = Param->getType();
8635 
8636   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
8637   // used again
8638   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
8639     return;
8640 
8641   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
8642   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
8643     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
8644     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
8645     // pointer to a pointer type.
8646     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
8647     D.setInvalidType();
8648     return;
8649 
8650   case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
8651     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
8652     // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
8653     // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
8654     // __constant.
8655     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
8656     D.setInvalidType();
8657     return;
8658 
8659     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8660     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8661     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8662     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
8663     // one of these built-in scalar types.
8664 
8665   case InvalidKernelParam:
8666     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
8667     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
8668     // of event_t type.
8669     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
8670     // type for any function elsewhere.
8671     if (!PT->isHalfType()) {
8672       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8673 
8674       // Explain what typedefs are involved.
8675       const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr;
8676       while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) {
8677         SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation();
8678         // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type.
8679         if (Loc.isValid())
8680           S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT;
8681         PT = Typedef->desugar();
8682       }
8683     }
8684 
8685     D.setInvalidType();
8686     return;
8687 
8688   case PtrKernelParam:
8689   case ValidKernelParam:
8690     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8691     return;
8692 
8693   case RecordKernelParam:
8694     break;
8695   }
8696 
8697   // Track nested structs we will inspect
8698   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
8699 
8700   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
8701   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
8702   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
8703   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
8704 
8705   // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or
8706   // an ArrayType of a RecordType.
8707   assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type.");
8708   const RecordType *RecTy =
8709       PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>();
8710   const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl();
8711 
8712   VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl());
8713   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
8714 
8715   do {
8716     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
8717     if (!Next) {
8718       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
8719       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
8720       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
8721         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
8722 
8723       continue;
8724     }
8725 
8726     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
8727     // field itself) to the history stack.
8728     const RecordDecl *RD;
8729     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
8730       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
8731 
8732       QualType FieldTy = Field->getType();
8733       // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we
8734       // walk around RecordDecl::fields().
8735       assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) &&
8736              "Unexpected type.");
8737       const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8738 
8739       RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8740     } else {
8741       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
8742     }
8743 
8744     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
8745     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
8746 
8747     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
8748       QualType QT = FD->getType();
8749 
8750       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
8751         continue;
8752 
8753       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
8754       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
8755         continue;
8756 
8757       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
8758         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
8759         continue;
8760       }
8761 
8762       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
8763       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
8764       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
8765       // union.
8766       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
8767           ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
8768         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
8769                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
8770           << PT->isUnionType()
8771           << PT;
8772       } else {
8773         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8774       }
8775 
8776       S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8777           << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName();
8778 
8779       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
8780       // the offending field came from
8781       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
8782                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
8783                E = HistoryStack.end();
8784            I != E; ++I) {
8785         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
8786         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8787           << OuterField->getType();
8788       }
8789 
8790       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
8791         << QT->isPointerType()
8792         << QT;
8793       D.setInvalidType();
8794       return;
8795     }
8796   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
8797 }
8798 
8799 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8800 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8801 /// nothing.
8802 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8803   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8804     DC = DC->getParent();
8805   return DC;
8806 }
8807 
8808 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8809 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8810 /// nothing.
8811 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
8812   while (S->isClassScope() ||
8813          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
8814           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8815          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8816          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
8817     S = S->getParent();
8818   return S;
8819 }
8820 
8821 NamedDecl*
8822 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
8823                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
8824                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamListsRef,
8825                               bool &AddToScope) {
8826   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
8827 
8828   assert(R->isFunctionType());
8829   if (R.getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCmseNSCallAttr())
8830     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_decl_cmse_ns_call);
8831 
8832   SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParamLists;
8833   for (TemplateParameterList *TPL : TemplateParamListsRef)
8834     TemplateParamLists.push_back(TPL);
8835   if (TemplateParameterList *Invented = D.getInventedTemplateParameterList()) {
8836     if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() &&
8837         Invented->getDepth() == TemplateParamLists.back()->getDepth())
8838       TemplateParamLists.back() = Invented;
8839     else
8840       TemplateParamLists.push_back(Invented);
8841   }
8842 
8843   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
8844   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8845   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8846   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
8847 
8848   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
8849     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8850          diag::err_invalid_thread)
8851       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
8852 
8853   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
8854     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
8855                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
8856 
8857   bool isFriend = false;
8858   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
8859   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
8860   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8861 
8862   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
8863   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8864   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
8865 
8866   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
8867 
8868   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
8869   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
8870 
8871   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
8872                                               isVirtualOkay);
8873   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
8874 
8875   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
8876     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
8877 
8878   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
8879   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
8880   // context will be different from the semantic context.
8881   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8882 
8883   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
8884     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
8885 
8886   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8887     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8888     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
8889     bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier();
8890     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8891     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8892       // C++ [class.friend]p5
8893       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
8894       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
8895       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8896     }
8897 
8898     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
8899     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
8900     // return true).
8901     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
8902           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
8903       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
8904         NewFD->setPure(true);
8905 
8906       // C++ [class.union]p2
8907       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
8908       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
8909         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
8910     }
8911 
8912     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D);
8913     isMemberSpecialization = false;
8914     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8915     if (D.isInvalidType())
8916       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8917 
8918     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
8919     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
8920     bool Invalid = false;
8921     TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
8922         MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
8923             D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8924             D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
8925             D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
8926                 ? D.getName().TemplateId
8927                 : nullptr,
8928             TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization,
8929             Invalid);
8930     if (TemplateParams) {
8931       // Check that we can declare a template here.
8932       if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
8933         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8934 
8935       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8936         // This is a function template
8937 
8938         // A destructor cannot be a template.
8939         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8940           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
8941           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8942         }
8943 
8944         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
8945         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
8946         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
8947         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
8948           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
8949           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
8950             Invalid = true;
8951         }
8952 
8953         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
8954                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
8955                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
8956                                                         NewFD);
8957         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8958         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
8959 
8960         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
8961         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
8962           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8963               ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *>(TemplateParamLists)
8964                   .drop_back(1));
8965         }
8966       } else {
8967         // This is a function template specialization.
8968         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8969         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8970         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8971           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8972 
8973         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
8974         if (isFriend) {
8975           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
8976           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
8977 
8978           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
8979           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
8980           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
8981           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
8982           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
8983           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
8984           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
8985             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
8986             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
8987           }
8988 
8989           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
8990             << Name << RemoveRange
8991             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
8992             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
8993         }
8994       }
8995     } else {
8996       // Check that we can declare a template here.
8997       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
8998           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
8999         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9000 
9001       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
9002       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
9003       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
9004         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
9005         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
9006     }
9007 
9008     if (Invalid) {
9009       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9010       if (FunctionTemplate)
9011         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9012     }
9013 
9014     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
9015     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
9016     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
9017     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
9018     //
9019     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9020       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
9021         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9022              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
9023       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9024         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
9025         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9026              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
9027           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9028       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9029         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
9030         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
9031         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9032              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
9033           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9034       } else {
9035         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
9036         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
9037       }
9038 
9039       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9040           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9041         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
9042     }
9043 
9044     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9045         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
9046          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
9047         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9048       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
9049       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
9050       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
9051       // thing to do.
9052       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
9053       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
9054       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
9055           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9056       QualType Result =
9057           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
9058       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
9059                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
9060     }
9061 
9062     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
9063     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
9064     //  declaration.
9065     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9066       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
9067         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
9068         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9069              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
9070           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
9071       }
9072     }
9073 
9074     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
9075     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
9076     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
9077     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
9078     if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9079         !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
9080       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9081         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
9082         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9083              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
9084             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9085       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9086                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
9087         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
9088         // or conversion function.
9089         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9090              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
9091             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9092       }
9093     }
9094 
9095     if (ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind =
9096             D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) {
9097       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
9098       // are implicitly inline.
9099       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9100 
9101       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
9102       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
9103       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
9104       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9105           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 || ConstexprKind == CSK_consteval)) {
9106         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor)
9107             << ConstexprKind;
9108         NewFD->setConstexprKind(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 ? CSK_unspecified : CSK_constexpr);
9109       }
9110       // C++20 [dcl.constexpr]p2: An allocation function, or a
9111       // deallocation function shall not be declared with the consteval
9112       // specifier.
9113       if (ConstexprKind == CSK_consteval &&
9114           (NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
9115            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New ||
9116            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9117            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)) {
9118         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
9119              diag::err_invalid_consteval_decl_kind)
9120             << NewFD;
9121         NewFD->setConstexprKind(CSK_constexpr);
9122       }
9123     }
9124 
9125     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
9126     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
9127       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9128         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
9129           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
9130         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
9131           << 0
9132           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
9133       } else {
9134         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9135         if (FunctionTemplate)
9136           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
9137       }
9138     }
9139 
9140     if (isFriend) {
9141       if (FunctionTemplate) {
9142         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9143         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
9144       }
9145       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9146       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9147     }
9148 
9149     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
9150     // We'll do the relevant checks on defaulted / deleted functions later.
9151     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
9152       case FDK_Declaration:
9153       case FDK_Definition:
9154         break;
9155 
9156       case FDK_Defaulted:
9157         NewFD->setDefaulted();
9158         break;
9159 
9160       case FDK_Deleted:
9161         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
9162         break;
9163     }
9164 
9165     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
9166         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9167       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
9168       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
9169       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
9170       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9171     }
9172 
9173     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
9174         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
9175       // C++ [class.static]p1:
9176       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
9177       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
9178       //   the class.
9179 
9180       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
9181       // member function definition.
9182 
9183       // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line
9184       // member function template declaration and class member template
9185       // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this.
9186       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9187            ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) &&
9188              cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) ||
9189            (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()))
9190            ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line)
9191         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9192     }
9193 
9194     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
9195     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
9196     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
9197     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9198     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9199          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
9200         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
9201       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
9202           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
9203           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
9204   }
9205 
9206   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
9207   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
9208                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
9209                        isMemberSpecialization ||
9210                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
9211 
9212   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
9213   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
9214     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
9215     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
9216     NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(),
9217                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
9218                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
9219   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
9220     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
9221       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
9222     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
9223       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
9224         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
9225         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
9226       } else
9227         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
9228             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
9229     }
9230   }
9231 
9232   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
9233   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
9234   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
9235   unsigned FTIIdx;
9236   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
9237     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
9238 
9239     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
9240     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
9241     // single void argument.
9242     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
9243     // already checks for that case.
9244     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
9245       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
9246         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
9247         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
9248         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9249         Params.push_back(Param);
9250 
9251         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
9252           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9253       }
9254     }
9255 
9256     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9257       // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
9258       // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
9259       // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
9260       // the TU.
9261       DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
9262           getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
9263       for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
9264         auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
9265 
9266         // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
9267         // instead.
9268         if (!TD) {
9269           if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
9270             TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
9271         }
9272         if (!TD)
9273           continue;
9274         DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
9275         if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
9276           continue;
9277         TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
9278         TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9279         NewFD->addDecl(TD);
9280 
9281         // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
9282         // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
9283         // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
9284         // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
9285         //   void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
9286         if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
9287           TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
9288       }
9289     }
9290   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9291     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
9292     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
9293     // parameters for use in the declaration.
9294     //
9295     // @code
9296     // typedef void fn(int);
9297     // fn f;
9298     // @endcode
9299 
9300     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
9301     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
9302       ParmVarDecl *Param =
9303           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
9304       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
9305       Params.push_back(Param);
9306     }
9307   } else {
9308     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
9309            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
9310   }
9311 
9312   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
9313   NewFD->setParams(Params);
9314 
9315   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
9316     NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context,
9317                                            D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
9318                                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword));
9319 
9320   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
9321   // because all functions have linkage.
9322   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9323       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9324     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
9325     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9326   }
9327 
9328   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active
9329   if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9330       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>())
9331     NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9332         Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName,
9333         PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
9334 
9335   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
9336   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9337       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9338     NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9339         Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9340         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
9341         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
9342     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9343                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
9344                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
9345                      NewFD))
9346       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9347   }
9348 
9349   // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or
9350   // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active.
9351   if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9352     if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD,
9353                                                                  D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9354       NewFD->addAttr(SAttr);
9355     }
9356   }
9357 
9358   // Handle attributes.
9359   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
9360 
9361   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9362     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
9363     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
9364     LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
9365     if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) {
9366       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9367            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
9368       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9369     }
9370   }
9371 
9372   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9373     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9374     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9375       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9376 
9377     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9378       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9379 
9380     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9381       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9382                                                   isMemberSpecialization));
9383     else if (!Previous.empty())
9384       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9385       D.setRedeclaration(true);
9386     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9387             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9388            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9389 
9390     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
9391     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
9392     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
9393     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
9394     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9395       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
9396       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
9397         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
9398         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
9399         int DiagID =
9400             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
9401         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
9402             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
9403       }
9404     }
9405 
9406    if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
9407        NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
9408      checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(),
9409                            NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
9410                            NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
9411   } else {
9412     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
9413     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
9414     //
9415     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
9416     //
9417     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
9418     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
9419     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
9420         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
9421         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
9422       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9423            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
9424         << NewFD->getDeclName();
9425 
9426     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
9427     // argument list into our AST format.
9428     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
9429       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
9430       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
9431       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9432       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
9433                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
9434       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
9435                                  TemplateArgs);
9436 
9437       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9438 
9439       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9440         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9441       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
9442         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
9443         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
9444           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9445 
9446         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9447       } else {
9448         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
9449                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
9450                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
9451         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
9452         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9453       }
9454     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9455       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
9456       // wrote something like:
9457       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
9458       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
9459       //   friend void foo<>(int);
9460       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
9461       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9462       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9463       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9464     }
9465 
9466     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
9467     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
9468     // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
9469     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
9470     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
9471     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
9472     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
9473       maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
9474 
9475     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
9476     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
9477     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
9478     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
9479     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
9480     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
9481         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
9482          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
9483             TemplateArgs,
9484             InstantiationDependent))) {
9485       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
9486              "friend function specialization without template args");
9487       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
9488                                                        Previous))
9489         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9490     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9491       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
9492           && !isFriend) {
9493         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
9494       } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9495                  CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
9496                      NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr),
9497                      Previous))
9498         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9499 
9500       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
9501       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
9502       //   specialization (14.7.3)
9503       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
9504           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
9505       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
9506         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
9507           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9508                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
9509             << SC
9510             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9511                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9512 
9513         else
9514           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9515                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
9516             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9517                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9518       }
9519     } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9520       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
9521           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9522     }
9523 
9524     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9525     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9526       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9527         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9528 
9529       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9530         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9531 
9532       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9533         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9534                                                     isMemberSpecialization));
9535       else if (!Previous.empty())
9536         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9537         D.setRedeclaration(true);
9538     }
9539 
9540     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9541             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9542            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9543 
9544     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
9545                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
9546                                 : NewFD);
9547 
9548     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
9549       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
9550       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9551         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
9552 
9553       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
9554       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
9555     }
9556 
9557     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
9558         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
9559       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
9560 
9561     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
9562     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
9563     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9564       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
9565                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
9566       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
9567                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
9568                                     : nullptr,
9569                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
9570                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
9571                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
9572                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
9573                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
9574                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
9575                                  DC->isDependentContext())
9576                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
9577                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
9578     }
9579 
9580     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9581       // Ignore all the rest of this.
9582     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
9583       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
9584                                        AddToScope };
9585       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
9586       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
9587         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9588 
9589       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
9590       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9591         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
9592         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
9593 
9594         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
9595         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
9596         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
9597         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
9598         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
9599         // can actually do this check immediately.
9600         //
9601         // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified
9602         // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now;
9603         // nothing will diagnose that error later.
9604         if (isFriend &&
9605             (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
9606              (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) {
9607           // ignore these
9608         } else {
9609           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
9610           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
9611           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
9612           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
9613           //
9614           // class X {
9615           //   void f() const;
9616           // };
9617           //
9618           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
9619           //
9620           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
9621           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
9622           // whether the parameter types are references).
9623 
9624           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9625                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
9626             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9627             return Result;
9628           }
9629         }
9630 
9631         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
9632         // to something.
9633       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
9634         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9635                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
9636           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9637           return Result;
9638         }
9639       }
9640     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9641                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
9642                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
9643                !isMemberSpecialization) {
9644       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
9645       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
9646       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
9647       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
9648       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
9649       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
9650       // generate them.
9651       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
9652         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9653     }
9654   }
9655 
9656   // If this is the first declaration of a library builtin function, add
9657   // attributes as appropriate.
9658   if (!D.isRedeclaration() &&
9659       NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
9660     if (IdentifierInfo *II = Previous.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
9661       if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
9662         if (NewFD->getLanguageLinkage() == CLanguageLinkage) {
9663           // Validate the type matches unless this builtin is specified as
9664           // matching regardless of its declared type.
9665           if (Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(BuiltinID)) {
9666             NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9667           } else {
9668             ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9669             LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID);
9670             QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9671 
9672             if (!Error && !BuiltinType.isNull() &&
9673                 Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(
9674                     NewFD->getType(), BuiltinType))
9675               NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9676           }
9677         } else if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo &&
9678                    Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
9679           // FIXME: We should consider this a builtin only in the std namespace.
9680           NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9681         }
9682       }
9683     }
9684   }
9685 
9686   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
9687   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
9688 
9689   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
9690 
9691   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
9692       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9693     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9694          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
9695       << NewFD;
9696 
9697     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
9698     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
9699     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
9700         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
9701     EPI.Variadic = true;
9702     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
9703 
9704     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
9705     NewFD->setType(R);
9706   }
9707 
9708   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9709   // member, set the visibility of this function.
9710   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
9711     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
9712 
9713   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
9714   // marking the function.
9715   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
9716 
9717   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
9718   // a pragma.
9719   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
9720     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
9721 
9722   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
9723   // the map of such variables.
9724   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9725       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
9726     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
9727 
9728   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
9729   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
9730 
9731   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
9732     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9733     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD,
9734                                    isMemberSpecialization ||
9735                                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
9736                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
9737   }
9738 
9739   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
9740     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
9741     if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) &&
9742         !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9743         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
9744       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
9745         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return)
9746             << getCudaConfigureFuncName();
9747       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
9748     }
9749 
9750     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
9751     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
9752     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
9753     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
9754         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
9755          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
9756         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
9757           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9758       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
9759     }
9760   }
9761 
9762   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
9763 
9764 
9765 
9766   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
9767     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
9768     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
9769         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
9770       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
9771       D.setInvalidType();
9772     }
9773 
9774     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
9775     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
9776       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9777       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
9778           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
9779                                 : FixItHint());
9780       D.setInvalidType();
9781     }
9782 
9783     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
9784     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
9785       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
9786 
9787     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
9788       if (DC->isRecord()) {
9789         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel);
9790         D.setInvalidType();
9791       }
9792       if (FunctionTemplate) {
9793         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel);
9794         D.setInvalidType();
9795       }
9796     }
9797   }
9798 
9799   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9800     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9801       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9802         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9803       return FunctionTemplate;
9804     }
9805 
9806     if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9807       CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous);
9808   }
9809 
9810   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
9811     QualType PT = Param->getType();
9812 
9813     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
9814     // types.
9815     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
9816       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
9817         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
9818           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
9819             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
9820             D.setInvalidType();
9821           }
9822       }
9823     }
9824   }
9825 
9826   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
9827   // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
9828   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
9829   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9830     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
9831                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
9832                                 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(),
9833                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
9834                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
9835     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
9836     AddToScope = false;
9837   }
9838 
9839   // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions
9840   // that are run during load/unload.
9841   if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) {
9842     if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) {
9843       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
9844           << 1;
9845       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
9846     }
9847     if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) {
9848       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
9849           << 2;
9850       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
9851     }
9852   }
9853 
9854   // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a
9855   // definition.
9856   // FIXME: We should really be doing this in
9857   // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to
9858   // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code
9859   // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false`
9860   // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet.
9861   if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>())
9862     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
9863     case FDK_Defaulted:
9864     case FDK_Deleted:
9865       Diag(NBA->getLocation(),
9866            diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function)
9867           << NBA->getSpelling();
9868       break;
9869     case FDK_Declaration:
9870       Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition)
9871           << NBA->getSpelling();
9872       break;
9873     case FDK_Definition:
9874       break;
9875     }
9876 
9877   return NewFD;
9878 }
9879 
9880 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class.  The Microsoft docs say
9881 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of
9882 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special
9883 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment."
9884 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler
9885 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg.
9886 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer
9887 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See:
9888 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer
9889 /// available since MS has removed the page.
9890 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
9891   const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
9892   if (!Method)
9893     return nullptr;
9894   const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent();
9895   if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9896     Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
9897     NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
9898     return NewAttr;
9899   }
9900 
9901   // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg
9902   // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active.
9903   if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
9904    return nullptr;
9905 
9906   while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) {
9907     if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9908       Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
9909       NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
9910       return NewAttr;
9911     }
9912   }
9913   return nullptr;
9914 }
9915 
9916 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a
9917 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the
9918 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack
9919 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value).
9920 ///
9921 /// \param FD Function being declared.
9922 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion.
9923 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or
9924 ///          nullptr if no attribute should be added.
9925 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9926                                                        bool IsDefinition) {
9927   if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD))
9928     return A;
9929   if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition &&
9930       CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
9931     return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9932         getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9933         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
9934         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate);
9935   return nullptr;
9936 }
9937 
9938 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a
9939 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a
9940 /// best-effort check.
9941 ///
9942 /// \param NewD The new declaration.
9943 /// \param OldD The old declaration.
9944 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check.
9945 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check.
9946 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
9947                                           QualType NewT, QualType OldT) {
9948   if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
9949     return true;
9950 
9951   // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't
9952   // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation:
9953   //
9954   //   int f();
9955   //   template<typename T> void g() { T f(); }
9956   //
9957   // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int).
9958   if (NewT->isDependentType() &&
9959       (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind()))
9960     return false;
9961 
9962   // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern
9963   // declaration, we don't really know its type yet.
9964   if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl())
9965     return false;
9966 
9967   return true;
9968 }
9969 
9970 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
9971 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
9972 ///
9973 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
9974 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
9975 ///                 same declaration name.
9976 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
9977 ///          belongs to.
9978 ///
9979 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
9980   if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
9981     return true;
9982 
9983   // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to
9984   // permit cases like
9985   //
9986   //   void func();
9987   //   template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} };
9988   //   template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} };
9989   //
9990   // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated.
9991   //
9992   // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy
9993   // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply
9994   // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in
9995   // the way of access checks.
9996   if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
9997     return false;
9998 
9999   auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
10000   auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl);
10001   return !VD || !PrevVD ||
10002          canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(),
10003                                         PrevVD->getType());
10004 }
10005 
10006 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion
10007 /// validity.
10008 ///
10009 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10010 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10011   const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10012   assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute");
10013   ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse();
10014   const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo();
10015   enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 };
10016 
10017   if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() &&
10018       !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) {
10019     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10020         << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture;
10021     return true;
10022   }
10023 
10024   for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) {
10025     auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1);
10026     if (Feat[0] == '-') {
10027       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10028           << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str();
10029       return true;
10030     }
10031 
10032     if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) ||
10033         !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) {
10034       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10035           << Feature << BareFeat;
10036       return true;
10037     }
10038   }
10039   return false;
10040 }
10041 
10042 // Provide a white-list of attributes that are allowed to be combined with
10043 // multiversion functions.
10044 static bool AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(attr::Kind Kind,
10045                                            MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10046   // Note: this list/diagnosis must match the list in
10047   // checkMultiversionAttributesAllSame.
10048   switch (Kind) {
10049   default:
10050     return false;
10051   case attr::Used:
10052     return MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target;
10053   case attr::NonNull:
10054   case attr::NoThrow:
10055     return true;
10056   }
10057 }
10058 
10059 static bool checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(Sema &S,
10060                                                  const FunctionDecl *FD,
10061                                                  const FunctionDecl *CausedFD,
10062                                                  MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10063   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
10064       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10065       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
10066   const auto Diagnose = [FD, CausedFD, IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType](
10067                             Sema &S, const Attr *A) {
10068     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_disallowed_other_attr)
10069         << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << A;
10070     if (CausedFD)
10071       S.Diag(CausedFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10072     return true;
10073   };
10074 
10075   for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) {
10076     switch (A->getKind()) {
10077     case attr::CPUDispatch:
10078     case attr::CPUSpecific:
10079       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10080           MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific)
10081         return Diagnose(S, A);
10082       break;
10083     case attr::Target:
10084       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)
10085         return Diagnose(S, A);
10086       break;
10087     default:
10088       if (!AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(A->getKind(), MVType))
10089         return Diagnose(S, A);
10090       break;
10091     }
10092   }
10093   return false;
10094 }
10095 
10096 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10097     const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10098     const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID,
10099     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt,
10100     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt,
10101     const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported,
10102     bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) {
10103   enum DoesntSupport {
10104     FuncTemplates = 0,
10105     VirtFuncs = 1,
10106     DeducedReturn = 2,
10107     Constructors = 3,
10108     Destructors = 4,
10109     DeletedFuncs = 5,
10110     DefaultedFuncs = 6,
10111     ConstexprFuncs = 7,
10112     ConstevalFuncs = 8,
10113   };
10114   enum Different {
10115     CallingConv = 0,
10116     ReturnType = 1,
10117     ConstexprSpec = 2,
10118     InlineSpec = 3,
10119     StorageClass = 4,
10120     Linkage = 5,
10121   };
10122 
10123   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD &&
10124       !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
10125     Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10126     Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second);
10127     return true;
10128   }
10129 
10130   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 &&
10131       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10132     return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10133 
10134   if (!TemplatesSupported &&
10135       NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
10136     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10137            << FuncTemplates;
10138 
10139   if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10140     if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual())
10141       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10142              << VirtFuncs;
10143 
10144     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10145       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10146              << Constructors;
10147 
10148     if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10149       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10150              << Destructors;
10151   }
10152 
10153   if (NewFD->isDeleted())
10154     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10155            << DeletedFuncs;
10156 
10157   if (NewFD->isDefaulted())
10158     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10159            << DefaultedFuncs;
10160 
10161   if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr())
10162     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10163            << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs);
10164 
10165   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
10166   const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
10167   QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType();
10168 
10169   if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType())
10170     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10171            << DeducedReturn;
10172 
10173   // Ensure the return type is identical.
10174   if (OldFD) {
10175     QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType());
10176     const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
10177     FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
10178     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
10179 
10180     if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC())
10181       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv;
10182 
10183     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
10184 
10185     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType)
10186       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType;
10187 
10188     if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind())
10189       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec;
10190 
10191     if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified())
10192       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec;
10193 
10194     if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass())
10195       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << StorageClass;
10196 
10197     if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC())
10198       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage;
10199 
10200     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
10201             OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(),
10202             NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation()))
10203       return true;
10204   }
10205   return false;
10206 }
10207 
10208 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD,
10209                                              const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10210                                              bool CausesMV,
10211                                              MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10212   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10213     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10214     if (OldFD)
10215       S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10216     return true;
10217   }
10218 
10219   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
10220       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10221       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
10222 
10223   if (CausesMV && OldFD &&
10224       checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType))
10225     return true;
10226 
10227   if (checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, NewFD, nullptr, MVType))
10228     return true;
10229 
10230   // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used.
10231   if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false))
10232     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used);
10233 
10234   return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10235       OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto),
10236       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10237                           S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)),
10238       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10239                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support)
10240                               << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType),
10241       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10242                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)),
10243       /*TemplatesSupported=*/false,
10244       /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType,
10245       /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false);
10246 }
10247 
10248 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the
10249 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10250 ///
10251 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10252 ///
10253 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10254 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD,
10255                                            MultiVersionKind MVType,
10256                                            const TargetAttr *TA) {
10257   assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None &&
10258          "Function lacks multiversion attribute");
10259 
10260   // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal
10261   // function.
10262   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion())
10263     return false;
10264 
10265   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) {
10266     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10267     return true;
10268   }
10269 
10270   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) {
10271     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10272     return true;
10273   }
10274 
10275   FD->setIsMultiVersion();
10276   return false;
10277 }
10278 
10279 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10280   for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) {
10281     if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None)
10282       return true;
10283   }
10284 
10285   return false;
10286 }
10287 
10288 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(
10289     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10290     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10291     LookupResult &Previous) {
10292   const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10293   ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10294   // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent.
10295   llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10296 
10297   // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that
10298   // to change, this is a simple redeclaration.
10299   if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() &&
10300       (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()))
10301     return false;
10302 
10303   // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning.
10304   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10305     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10306     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10307     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10308     return true;
10309   }
10310 
10311   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true,
10312                                        MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
10313     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10314     return true;
10315   }
10316 
10317   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10318     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10319     return true;
10320   }
10321 
10322   // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration.
10323   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) {
10324     Redeclaration = true;
10325     OldDecl = OldFD;
10326     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10327     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10328     return false;
10329   }
10330 
10331   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) {
10332     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10333     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10334     return true;
10335   }
10336 
10337   ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10338 
10339   if (OldParsed == NewParsed) {
10340     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10341     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10342     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10343     return true;
10344   }
10345 
10346   for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) {
10347     const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10348     // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but
10349     // nothing after the fact.
10350     if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) &&
10351         (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) {
10352       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10353           << 0;
10354       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10355       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10356       return true;
10357     }
10358   }
10359 
10360   OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10361   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10362   Redeclaration = false;
10363   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10364   OldDecl = nullptr;
10365   Previous.clear();
10366   return false;
10367 }
10368 
10369 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing
10370 /// multiversioned declaration collection.
10371 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10372     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10373     MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10374     const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec,
10375     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10376     LookupResult &Previous) {
10377 
10378   MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10379   // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types.
10380   if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10381        NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) ||
10382       (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10383        OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
10384     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10385     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10386     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10387     return true;
10388   }
10389 
10390   ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed;
10391   if (NewTA) {
10392     NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10393     llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10394   }
10395 
10396   bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules =
10397       S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind();
10398 
10399   // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a
10400   // previous member of the MultiVersion set.
10401   for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) {
10402     FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction();
10403     if (!CurFD)
10404       continue;
10405     if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules))
10406       continue;
10407 
10408     if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) {
10409       const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10410       if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) {
10411         NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10412         Redeclaration = true;
10413         OldDecl = ND;
10414         return false;
10415       }
10416 
10417       ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10418       if (CurParsed == NewParsed) {
10419         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10420         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10421         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10422         return true;
10423       }
10424     } else {
10425       const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10426       const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10427       // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions.
10428       // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through
10429       // the redeclaration errors.
10430       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10431           CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) {
10432         if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() &&
10433             std::equal(
10434                 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(),
10435                 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(),
10436                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10437                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10438                 })) {
10439           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10440           Redeclaration = true;
10441           OldDecl = ND;
10442           return false;
10443         }
10444 
10445         // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition.
10446         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch);
10447         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10448         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10449         return true;
10450       }
10451       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) {
10452 
10453         if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() &&
10454             std::equal(
10455                 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(),
10456                 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(),
10457                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10458                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10459                 })) {
10460           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10461           Redeclaration = true;
10462           OldDecl = ND;
10463           return false;
10464         }
10465 
10466         // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU.
10467         for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10468           for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10469             if (CurII == NewII) {
10470               S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs)
10471                   << NewII;
10472               S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10473               NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10474               return true;
10475             }
10476           }
10477         }
10478       }
10479       // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error
10480       // condition.
10481     }
10482   }
10483 
10484   // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case.  Checking the 'value' is only
10485   // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are
10486   // handled in the attribute adding step.
10487   if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10488       CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10489     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10490     return true;
10491   }
10492 
10493   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD,
10494                                        !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) {
10495     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10496     return true;
10497   }
10498 
10499   // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible.
10500   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) {
10501     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10502     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10503     Redeclaration = true;
10504     OldDecl = OldFD;
10505     return false;
10506   }
10507 
10508   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10509   Redeclaration = false;
10510   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10511   OldDecl = nullptr;
10512   Previous.clear();
10513   return false;
10514 }
10515 
10516 
10517 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration.
10518 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10519 ///
10520 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10521 ///
10522 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10523 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10524                                       bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
10525                                       bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10526                                       LookupResult &Previous) {
10527   const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10528   const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10529   const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10530 
10531   // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited.
10532   if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) ||
10533       (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) {
10534     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10535     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10536     return true;
10537   }
10538 
10539   MultiVersionKind  MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10540 
10541   // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS
10542   // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint.
10543   if (NewFD->isMain()) {
10544     if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) ||
10545         MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10546         MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) {
10547       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main);
10548       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10549       return true;
10550     }
10551     return false;
10552   }
10553 
10554   if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() ||
10555       OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() !=
10556           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) {
10557     // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause
10558     // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition.
10559     if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10560       return false;
10561     return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA);
10562   }
10563 
10564   FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction();
10565 
10566   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10567     return false;
10568 
10569   if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) {
10570     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10571         << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target);
10572     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10573     return true;
10574   }
10575 
10576   // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case.
10577   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target)
10578     return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA,
10579                                             Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10580                                             MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10581 
10582   // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an
10583   // appropriate attribute in the current function decl.  Resolve that these are
10584   // still compatible with previous declarations.
10585   return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10586       S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration,
10587       OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10588 }
10589 
10590 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
10591 ///
10592 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
10593 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
10594 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
10595 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
10596 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
10597 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
10598 /// via InstantiateDecl).
10599 ///
10600 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
10601 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the
10602 /// previous declaration).
10603 ///
10604 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10605 ///
10606 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
10607 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10608                                     LookupResult &Previous,
10609                                     bool IsMemberSpecialization) {
10610   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
10611          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
10612 
10613   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
10614   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
10615   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
10616   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10617                                !Previous.isShadowed();
10618 
10619   bool Redeclaration = false;
10620   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
10621   bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false;
10622 
10623   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
10624   // the same name, if appropriate.
10625   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10626     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
10627     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
10628     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
10629     // function to the scope.
10630     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) {
10631       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
10632       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
10633         Redeclaration = true;
10634         OldDecl = Candidate;
10635       }
10636     } else {
10637       MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10638       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
10639                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
10640       case Ovl_Match:
10641         Redeclaration = true;
10642         break;
10643 
10644       case Ovl_NonFunction:
10645         Redeclaration = true;
10646         break;
10647 
10648       case Ovl_Overload:
10649         Redeclaration = false;
10650         break;
10651       }
10652     }
10653   }
10654 
10655   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
10656   if (!Redeclaration &&
10657       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
10658     if (!Previous.empty()) {
10659       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
10660       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
10661       Redeclaration = true;
10662       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10663       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10664 
10665       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
10666       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
10667           NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10668         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
10669           MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10670           Redeclaration = false;
10671           OldDecl = nullptr;
10672         }
10673       }
10674     }
10675   }
10676 
10677   if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10678                                 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous))
10679     return Redeclaration;
10680 
10681   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
10682   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
10683   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
10684   //
10685   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
10686   // definition of a static member function.
10687   //
10688   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
10689   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
10690   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
10691   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
10692       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
10693       !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) {
10694     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
10695     if (OldDecl)
10696       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
10697     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
10698       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
10699         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10700       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
10701       EPI.TypeQuals.addConst();
10702       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
10703                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
10704 
10705       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
10706       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
10707       if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10708         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
10709         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
10710                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
10711           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
10712 
10713         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
10714           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
10715       }
10716     }
10717   }
10718 
10719   if (Redeclaration) {
10720     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
10721     // merged.
10722     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
10723       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10724       return Redeclaration;
10725     }
10726 
10727     Previous.clear();
10728     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
10729 
10730     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl =
10731             dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
10732       auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
10733       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
10734         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
10735       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
10736 
10737       // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in
10738       // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we
10739       // can add it as a redeclaration.
10740       NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl);
10741 
10742       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10743       adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD);
10744       if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) {
10745         NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10746         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10747       }
10748 
10749       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
10750       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
10751       if (IsMemberSpecialization &&
10752           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
10753         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
10754         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
10755         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
10756         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
10757         if (OldFD->isDeleted()) {
10758           // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
10759           assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD);
10760           // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
10761           OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
10762         }
10763       }
10764 
10765     } else {
10766       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
10767         auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
10768         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
10769         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10770         adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD);
10771         if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember())
10772           NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess());
10773       }
10774     }
10775   } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks &&
10776              !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10777     assert((Previous.empty() ||
10778             llvm::any_of(Previous,
10779                          [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
10780                            return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10781                          })) &&
10782            "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present");
10783 
10784     auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
10785       const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
10786       return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10787     });
10788 
10789     if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) {
10790       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
10791            diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads);
10792       Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(),
10793            diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
10794           << false;
10795 
10796       NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
10797     }
10798   }
10799 
10800   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
10801 
10802   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10803     // C++-specific checks.
10804     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
10805       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
10806     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
10807                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
10808       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
10809       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
10810 
10811       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
10812       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
10813       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
10814         DeclarationName Name
10815           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
10816                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
10817         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
10818           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
10819           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10820           return Redeclaration;
10821         }
10822       }
10823     } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
10824       if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10825         CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD);
10826 
10827       // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be
10828       // explicitly specialized.
10829       if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
10830         Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized)
10831             << /*explicit specialization*/ 1;
10832     }
10833 
10834     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
10835     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10836       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
10837           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
10838           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
10839         AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method);
10840       }
10841       if (Method->isVirtual() && NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause())
10842         // C++2a [class.virtual]p6
10843         // A virtual method shall not have a requires-clause.
10844         Diag(NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()->getBeginLoc(),
10845              diag::err_constrained_virtual_method);
10846 
10847       if (Method->isStatic())
10848         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
10849     }
10850 
10851     if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD))
10852       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
10853 
10854     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
10855     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
10856         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
10857       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10858       return Redeclaration;
10859     }
10860 
10861     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
10862     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
10863         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
10864       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10865       return Redeclaration;
10866     }
10867 
10868     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
10869     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
10870     // during delayed parsing anyway.
10871     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
10872       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
10873 
10874     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
10875     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
10876     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
10877       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
10878       LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID);
10879       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
10880       // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception
10881       // specification, that's OK.
10882       // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to
10883       // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type.
10884       if (!T.isNull() &&
10885           !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T,
10886                                                             NewFD->getType()))
10887         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
10888         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
10889         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
10890     }
10891 
10892     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
10893     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
10894     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
10895     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
10896     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
10897       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
10898       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
10899         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
10900             << NewFD << R;
10901       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
10902                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10903         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
10904     }
10905 
10906     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
10907     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
10908     //   [is] part of the function type
10909     //
10910     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
10911     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
10912     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
10913     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
10914     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
10915     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
10916       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
10917         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
10918         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
10919         // restricted prior to C++17.
10920         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
10921           T = RT->getPointeeType();
10922         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
10923           T = T->getPointeeType();
10924         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
10925           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
10926         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10927           if (FPT->isNothrow())
10928             return true;
10929         return false;
10930       };
10931 
10932       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10933       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
10934       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
10935         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
10936       if (AnyNoexcept)
10937         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
10938              diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
10939             << NewFD;
10940     }
10941 
10942     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
10943       checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
10944   }
10945   return Redeclaration;
10946 }
10947 
10948 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
10949   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
10950   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
10951   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
10952   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
10953   //   appear in a declaration of main.
10954   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
10955   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
10956   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
10957     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10958          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
10959       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
10960   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
10961     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
10962       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
10963   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
10964     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
10965     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
10966     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
10967     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
10968       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
10969   }
10970   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
10971     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
10972         << FD->isConsteval()
10973         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
10974     FD->setConstexprKind(CSK_unspecified);
10975   }
10976 
10977   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10978     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
10979         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
10980     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10981     return;
10982   }
10983 
10984   QualType T = FD->getType();
10985   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
10986   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
10987 
10988   // Set default calling convention for main()
10989   if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
10990     FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
10991     FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
10992     T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType());
10993   }
10994 
10995   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10996     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
10997     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
10998     // implicit-return-zero rule.
10999 
11000     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
11001     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11002       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11003     else {
11004       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
11005       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11006       if (RTRange.isValid())
11007         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
11008             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
11009     }
11010   } else {
11011     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
11012     // set the flag which tells us that.
11013     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
11014 
11015     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
11016     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11017       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11018     else {
11019       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
11020       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11021       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
11022           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
11023                                 : FixItHint());
11024       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11025     }
11026   }
11027 
11028   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
11029   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
11030 
11031   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
11032   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
11033   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
11034 
11035   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
11036 
11037   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
11038     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
11039     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
11040     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
11041   }
11042 
11043   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
11044   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
11045   // getting shifty.
11046   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
11047     HasExtraParameters = false;
11048 
11049   if (HasExtraParameters) {
11050     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
11051     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11052     nparams = 3;
11053   }
11054 
11055   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
11056   // if we had some location information about types.
11057 
11058   QualType CharPP =
11059     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
11060   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
11061 
11062   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
11063     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
11064 
11065     bool mismatch = true;
11066 
11067     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
11068       mismatch = false;
11069     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
11070       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
11071       //   char const **
11072       //   char const * const *
11073       //   char * const *
11074 
11075       QualifierCollector qs;
11076       const PointerType* PT;
11077       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11078           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11079           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
11080                               Context.CharTy)) {
11081         qs.removeConst();
11082         mismatch = !qs.empty();
11083       }
11084     }
11085 
11086     if (mismatch) {
11087       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
11088       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
11089       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11090     }
11091   }
11092 
11093   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11094     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
11095   }
11096 
11097   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11098     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11099     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11100   }
11101 }
11102 
11103 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11104   QualType T = FD->getType();
11105   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
11106   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
11107 
11108   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
11109   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
11110   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
11111       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
11112       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
11113     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
11114     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
11115       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11116 
11117   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11118     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11119     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11120   }
11121 }
11122 
11123 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
11124   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
11125   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
11126   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
11127   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
11128   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
11129   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
11130   //
11131   // Regular C++ code will not end up here (exceptions: language extensions,
11132   // OpenCL C++ etc), so the constant expression rules there don't matter.
11133   if (Init->isValueDependent()) {
11134     assert(Init->containsErrors() &&
11135            "Dependent code should only occur in error-recovery path.");
11136     return true;
11137   }
11138   const Expr *Culprit;
11139   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
11140     return false;
11141   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
11142     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
11143   return true;
11144 }
11145 
11146 namespace {
11147   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
11148   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
11149   class SelfReferenceChecker
11150       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
11151     Sema &S;
11152     Decl *OrigDecl;
11153     bool isRecordType;
11154     bool isPODType;
11155     bool isReferenceType;
11156 
11157     bool isInitList;
11158     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
11159 
11160   public:
11161     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
11162 
11163     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
11164                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
11165       isPODType = false;
11166       isRecordType = false;
11167       isReferenceType = false;
11168       isInitList = false;
11169       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
11170         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
11171         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
11172         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
11173       }
11174     }
11175 
11176     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
11177     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
11178     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
11179     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
11180       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
11181       if (!InitList) {
11182         Visit(E);
11183         return;
11184       }
11185 
11186       // Track and increment the index here.
11187       isInitList = true;
11188       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
11189       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
11190         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
11191         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
11192       }
11193       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
11194     }
11195 
11196     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed.
11197     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
11198     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
11199       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
11200       Expr *Base = E;
11201       bool ReferenceField = false;
11202 
11203       // Get the field members used.
11204       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11205         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
11206         if (!FD)
11207           return false;
11208         Fields.push_back(FD);
11209         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
11210           ReferenceField = true;
11211         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11212       }
11213 
11214       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
11215       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
11216       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
11217         return false;
11218 
11219       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
11220       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
11221         return true;
11222 
11223       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
11224       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
11225       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
11226         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
11227 
11228       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
11229       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
11230       // initialized, then the use is safe.
11231       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
11232                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
11233                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
11234                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
11235            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
11236         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
11237           return true;
11238         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
11239           break;
11240       }
11241 
11242       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
11243       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11244       return true;
11245     }
11246 
11247     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
11248     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
11249     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
11250     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
11251       E = E->IgnoreParens();
11252       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
11253         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11254         return;
11255       }
11256 
11257       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11258         Visit(CO->getCond());
11259         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
11260         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
11261         return;
11262       }
11263 
11264       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
11265               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11266         Visit(BCO->getCond());
11267         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
11268         return;
11269       }
11270 
11271       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
11272         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
11273         return;
11274       }
11275 
11276       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
11277         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11278           Visit(BO->getLHS());
11279           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
11280           return;
11281         }
11282       }
11283 
11284       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
11285         if (isInitList) {
11286           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
11287                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
11288             return;
11289         }
11290 
11291         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11292         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11293           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
11294           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11295             return;
11296           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11297         }
11298         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
11299           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11300         return;
11301       }
11302 
11303       Visit(E);
11304     }
11305 
11306     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
11307     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
11308     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
11309       if (isReferenceType)
11310         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
11311     }
11312 
11313     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
11314       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
11315         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11316         return;
11317       }
11318 
11319       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
11320     }
11321 
11322     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
11323       if (isInitList) {
11324         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
11325           return;
11326       }
11327 
11328       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
11329       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
11330 
11331       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
11332       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
11333       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
11334       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
11335       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11336       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11337         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11338           Warn = false;
11339         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11340       }
11341 
11342       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
11343         if (Warn)
11344           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11345         return;
11346       }
11347 
11348       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
11349       // Visit that expression.
11350       Visit(Base);
11351     }
11352 
11353     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
11354       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
11355 
11356       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
11357         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
11358 
11359       Visit(Callee);
11360       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
11361         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
11362     }
11363 
11364     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
11365       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
11366       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
11367           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
11368         if (!isPODType)
11369           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11370         return;
11371       }
11372 
11373       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
11374         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11375         return;
11376       }
11377 
11378       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
11379     }
11380 
11381     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
11382 
11383     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
11384       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
11385         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
11386         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
11387           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
11388             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
11389         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
11390           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
11391             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
11392         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
11393         return;
11394       }
11395       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
11396     }
11397 
11398     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
11399       // Treat std::move as a use.
11400       if (E->isCallToStdMove()) {
11401         HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
11402         return;
11403       }
11404 
11405       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
11406     }
11407 
11408     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
11409       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
11410         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
11411         Visit(E->getRHS());
11412         return;
11413       }
11414 
11415       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
11416     }
11417 
11418     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
11419     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
11420     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
11421     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
11422       Visit(E->getCond());
11423       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
11424     }
11425 
11426     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
11427       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
11428       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
11429       unsigned diag;
11430       if (isReferenceType) {
11431         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
11432       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
11433         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
11434       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11435                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11436                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
11437         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
11438       } else {
11439         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
11440         return;
11441       }
11442 
11443       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE,
11444                             S.PDiag(diag)
11445                                 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation()
11446                                 << DRE->getSourceRange());
11447     }
11448   };
11449 
11450   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
11451   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
11452                                  bool DirectInit) {
11453     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
11454     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
11455     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
11456       return;
11457 
11458     E = E->IgnoreParens();
11459 
11460     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
11461     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
11462     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
11463       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
11464         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
11465           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
11466             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
11467               return;
11468 
11469     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
11470   }
11471 } // end anonymous namespace
11472 
11473 namespace {
11474   // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
11475   // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
11476   struct VarDeclOrName {
11477     VarDecl *VDecl;
11478     DeclarationName Name;
11479 
11480     friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
11481     operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
11482       return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
11483     }
11484   };
11485 } // end anonymous namespace
11486 
11487 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
11488                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
11489                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
11490                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
11491                                             Expr *Init) {
11492   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
11493   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
11494          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
11495 
11496   VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
11497 
11498   DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
11499   assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type");
11500 
11501   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
11502   if (!Init) {
11503     assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?");
11504 
11505     // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing
11506     // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern.
11507     if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) ||
11508         VDecl->hasExternalStorage() ||
11509         VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
11510       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
11511         << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type;
11512       return QualType();
11513     }
11514   }
11515 
11516   ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits;
11517   if (Init)
11518     DeduceInits = Init;
11519 
11520   if (DirectInit) {
11521     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init))
11522       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
11523   }
11524 
11525   if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
11526     assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?");
11527     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
11528     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
11529         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
11530     // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits.
11531     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end());
11532     return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind,
11533                                                        InitsCopy);
11534   }
11535 
11536   if (DirectInit) {
11537     if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
11538       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
11539   }
11540 
11541   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
11542   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
11543     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
11544     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
11545     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11546                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
11547                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
11548         << VN << Type << Range;
11549     return QualType();
11550   }
11551 
11552   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
11553     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(),
11554          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
11555                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
11556         << VN << Type << Range;
11557     return QualType();
11558   }
11559 
11560   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
11561   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
11562     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11563                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
11564                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
11565         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
11566     return QualType();
11567   }
11568 
11569   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
11570   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
11571   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
11572       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
11573     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
11574     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
11575       return QualType();
11576     }
11577     Init = Result.get();
11578     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
11579   }
11580 
11581   // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
11582   //   If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
11583   //   is present, e has type cv A
11584   if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
11585       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
11586       DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
11587     return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
11588                                     Type.getQualifiers());
11589 
11590   QualType DeducedType;
11591   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
11592     if (!IsInitCapture)
11593       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
11594     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
11595       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
11596            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
11597           << VN
11598           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11599                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11600           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11601     else
11602       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
11603           << VN << TSI->getType()
11604           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11605                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11606           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11607   }
11608 
11609   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
11610   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
11611   // checks.
11612   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
11613   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
11614   if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture &&
11615       !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
11616     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11617     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
11618   }
11619 
11620   return DeducedType;
11621 }
11622 
11623 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
11624                                          Expr *Init) {
11625   assert(!Init || !Init->containsErrors());
11626   QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
11627       VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(),
11628       VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
11629   if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
11630     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11631     return true;
11632   }
11633 
11634   VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
11635   assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
11636 
11637   // In ARC, infer lifetime.
11638   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
11639     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11640 
11641   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
11642     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl);
11643 
11644   // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
11645   // the previously declared type.
11646   if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
11647     // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
11648     // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
11649     MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
11650   }
11651 
11652   // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
11653   CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
11654   return VDecl->isInvalidDecl();
11655 }
11656 
11657 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init,
11658                                               SourceLocation Loc) {
11659   if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
11660     Init = EWC->getSubExpr();
11661 
11662   if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init))
11663     Init = CE->getSubExpr();
11664 
11665   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
11666   assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
11667           InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
11668          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct");
11669   if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
11670     for (auto I : ILE->inits()) {
11671       if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() &&
11672           !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11673         continue;
11674       SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc();
11675       checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc);
11676     }
11677     return;
11678   }
11679 
11680   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) {
11681     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
11682       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject,
11683                             NTCUK_Init);
11684   } else {
11685     // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing
11686     // object.
11687     // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee
11688     // copy-elision.
11689     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11690       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy);
11691   }
11692 }
11693 
11694 namespace {
11695 
11696 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) {
11697   // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly
11698   // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union
11699   // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership
11700   // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining
11701   // whether the containing union is non-trivial.
11702   return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>();
11703 }
11704 
11705 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor
11706     : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11707                                     void> {
11708   using Super =
11709       DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11710                                     void>;
11711 
11712   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(
11713       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11714       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11715       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11716 
11717   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT,
11718                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11719     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11720       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11721                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11722     return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11723   }
11724 
11725   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11726                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11727     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11728       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11729           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11730   }
11731 
11732   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11733     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11734       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11735           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11736   }
11737 
11738   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11739     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11740     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11741       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11742         bool IsUnion = false;
11743         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11744           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11745         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11746             << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11747         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11748         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11749       }
11750       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11751     }
11752 
11753     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11754       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11755           << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11756 
11757     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11758       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11759         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11760   }
11761 
11762   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11763 
11764   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11765   // non-trivial C union.
11766   QualType OrigTy;
11767   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11768   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11769   Sema &S;
11770 };
11771 
11772 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor
11773     : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> {
11774   using Super =
11775       DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>;
11776 
11777   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(
11778       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11779       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11780       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11781 
11782   void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT,
11783                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11784     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11785       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11786                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11787     return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11788   }
11789 
11790   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11791                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11792     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11793       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11794           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
11795   }
11796 
11797   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11798     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11799       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11800           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
11801   }
11802 
11803   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11804     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11805     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11806       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11807         bool IsUnion = false;
11808         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11809           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11810         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11811             << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11812         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11813         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11814       }
11815       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11816     }
11817 
11818     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11819       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11820           << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11821 
11822     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11823       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11824         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11825   }
11826 
11827   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11828   void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11829                           bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11830 
11831   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11832   // non-trivial C union.
11833   QualType OrigTy;
11834   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11835   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11836   Sema &S;
11837 };
11838 
11839 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor
11840     : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> {
11841   using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>;
11842 
11843   DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11844                                  Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
11845                                  Sema &S)
11846       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11847 
11848   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
11849                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11850     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11851       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11852                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11853     return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11854   }
11855 
11856   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11857                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11858     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11859       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11860           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
11861   }
11862 
11863   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11864     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11865       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11866           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
11867   }
11868 
11869   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11870     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11871     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11872       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11873         bool IsUnion = false;
11874         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11875           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11876         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11877             << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11878         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11879         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11880       }
11881       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11882     }
11883 
11884     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11885       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11886           << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11887 
11888     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11889       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11890         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11891   }
11892 
11893   void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
11894                 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11895   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11896   void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11897                             bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11898 
11899   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11900   // non-trivial C union.
11901   QualType OrigTy;
11902   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11903   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11904   Sema &S;
11905 };
11906 
11907 } // namespace
11908 
11909 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc,
11910                                  NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
11911                                  unsigned NonTrivialKind) {
11912   assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
11913           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
11914           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
11915          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union");
11916 
11917   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) &&
11918       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
11919     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11920         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11921   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) &&
11922       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion())
11923     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11924         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11925   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11926     DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11927         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11928 }
11929 
11930 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
11931 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
11932 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
11933 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
11934   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
11935   // the initializer.
11936   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
11937     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
11938     return;
11939   }
11940 
11941   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
11942     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
11943     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
11944       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
11945     Method->setInvalidDecl();
11946     return;
11947   }
11948 
11949   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
11950   if (!VDecl) {
11951     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
11952     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
11953     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11954     return;
11955   }
11956 
11957   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
11958   if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
11959     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
11960     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
11961     // TypoExpr.
11962     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
11963     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
11964       // There are unresolved typos in Init, just drop them.
11965       // FIXME: improve the recovery strategy to preserve the Init.
11966       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11967       return;
11968     }
11969     if (Res.get()->containsErrors()) {
11970       // Invalidate the decl as we don't know the type for recovery-expr yet.
11971       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11972       VDecl->setInit(Res.get());
11973       return;
11974     }
11975     Init = Res.get();
11976 
11977     if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init))
11978       return;
11979   }
11980 
11981   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
11982   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
11983     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
11984     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11985     return;
11986   }
11987 
11988   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
11989     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
11990     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
11991     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11992     return;
11993   }
11994 
11995   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
11996     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
11997     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
11998     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
11999     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
12000     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
12001       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
12002     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
12003                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12004       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12005       return;
12006     }
12007 
12008     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12009     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
12010                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12011                                AbstractVariableType))
12012       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12013   }
12014 
12015   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
12016   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
12017   // handle the situation.
12018   VarDecl *Def;
12019   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
12020       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
12021       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
12022       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
12023     return;
12024 
12025   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12026     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
12027     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
12028     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12029     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
12030     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
12031     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
12032     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
12033     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
12034     //
12035     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
12036     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
12037     // declaration with an initializer.
12038     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
12039       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
12040           << VDecl->getDeclName();
12041       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
12042            diag::note_previous_initializer)
12043           << 0;
12044       return;
12045     }
12046 
12047     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12048       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12049 
12050     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
12051       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12052       return;
12053     }
12054   }
12055 
12056   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
12057   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
12058   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
12059     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
12060     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12061     return;
12062   }
12063 
12064   // The LoaderUninitialized attribute acts as a definition (of undef).
12065   if (VDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12066     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_cant_init);
12067     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12068     return;
12069   }
12070 
12071   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
12072   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
12073   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
12074 
12075   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
12076   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
12077   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
12078       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
12079     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
12080     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12081       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12082       return;
12083     }
12084     Init = Result.get();
12085   }
12086 
12087   // Perform the initialization.
12088   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
12089   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12090     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
12091     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
12092         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
12093 
12094     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
12095     if (CXXDirectInit)
12096       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
12097                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
12098 
12099     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
12100     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
12101       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
12102           Args[Idx], VDecl, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/true,
12103           [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
12104             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
12105             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
12106           });
12107       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
12108         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12109       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
12110         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
12111       }
12112     }
12113     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12114       return;
12115 
12116     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
12117                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
12118                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
12119     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
12120     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12121       // If the provied initializer fails to initialize the var decl,
12122       // we attach a recovery expr for better recovery.
12123       auto RecoveryExpr =
12124           CreateRecoveryExpr(Init->getBeginLoc(), Init->getEndLoc(), Args);
12125       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
12126         VDecl->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
12127       return;
12128     }
12129 
12130     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
12131   }
12132 
12133   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
12134   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
12135   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
12136   // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C.
12137   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12138     if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
12139         VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
12140       CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
12141     }
12142   }
12143 
12144   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
12145   // completed by the initializer. For example:
12146   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
12147   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
12148   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
12149     VDecl->setType(DclT);
12150 
12151   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12152     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
12153 
12154     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
12155       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
12156 
12157     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
12158     // Although this code can still have problems:
12159     //   id x = self.weakProp;
12160     //   id y = self.weakProp;
12161     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
12162     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
12163     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
12164     if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction())
12165       if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
12166            VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) &&
12167           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
12168                            Init->getBeginLoc()))
12169         FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
12170   }
12171 
12172   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
12173   //
12174   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
12175   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
12176   // full-expression. For instance, in:
12177   //
12178   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
12179   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
12180   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
12181   //
12182   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
12183   ExprResult Result =
12184       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
12185                           /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr());
12186   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12187     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12188     return;
12189   }
12190   Init = Result.get();
12191 
12192   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
12193   VDecl->setInit(Init);
12194 
12195   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
12196     // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed.
12197     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12198       // do nothing
12199 
12200     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized.
12201     // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL.
12202     } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
12203       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12204 
12205     // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer.
12206     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12207       // do nothing
12208 
12209     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
12210     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
12211     } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12212       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12213 
12214     // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers.
12215     // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
12216     // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
12217     // constant expressions.
12218     } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
12219                isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
12220       const Expr *Culprit;
12221       if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) {
12222         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
12223              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
12224           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
12225       }
12226     }
12227 
12228     if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
12229       if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens()))
12230         if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12231           BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap();
12232   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
12233              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
12234     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
12235     //
12236     // struct S {
12237     //   static const int value = 17;
12238     // };
12239 
12240     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
12241     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
12242     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
12243     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
12244     //
12245     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
12246     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
12247     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12248     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause
12249     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
12250     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
12251     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
12252     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
12253     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
12254 
12255     // Do nothing on dependent types.
12256     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
12257 
12258     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
12259     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
12260     // type.
12261     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
12262 
12263     // Require constness.
12264     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
12265       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
12266         << Init->getSourceRange();
12267       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12268 
12269     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
12270     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12271       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
12272       SourceLocation Loc;
12273       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
12274         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
12275         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
12276         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
12277       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
12278         ; // Nothing to check.
12279       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
12280         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
12281       else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() &&
12282                Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context))
12283         ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression.
12284       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12285         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
12286         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
12287         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12288           << Init->getSourceRange();
12289       } else {
12290         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
12291         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
12292         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12293           << Init->getSourceRange();
12294         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12295       }
12296 
12297     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
12298     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
12299       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
12300       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
12301       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12302         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
12303              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12304             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12305         Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(),
12306              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12307             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12308       } else {
12309         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
12310           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12311 
12312         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12313           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12314             << Init->getSourceRange();
12315           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12316         }
12317       }
12318 
12319     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
12320     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
12321       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
12322           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
12323           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12324       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
12325 
12326     } else {
12327       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
12328         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12329       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12330     }
12331   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
12332     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
12333     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
12334     // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
12335     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
12336     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
12337     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
12338     // C++ rules.
12339     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
12340         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
12341          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
12342         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
12343         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
12344       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
12345 
12346     // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has
12347     // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with
12348     // __declspec(dllexport).
12349     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
12350         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() &&
12351         VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition())
12352       VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern);
12353 
12354     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
12355     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12356       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12357   }
12358 
12359   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
12360   if (!InitType.isNull() &&
12361       (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
12362        InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()))
12363     checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc());
12364 
12365   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
12366   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
12367   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
12368   //
12369   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
12370   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
12371   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
12372   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
12373   // special case code.
12374 
12375   // C++ 8.5p11:
12376   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
12377   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
12378   // class type.
12379   if (CXXDirectInit) {
12380     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
12381     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12382   } else if (DirectInit) {
12383     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
12384     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
12385   }
12386 
12387   if (LangOpts.OpenMP && VDecl->isFileVarDecl())
12388     DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.push_back(VDecl);
12389   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
12390 }
12391 
12392 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
12393 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
12394 /// of sanity.
12395 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
12396   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
12397   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
12398   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
12399 
12400   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12401   if (!VD) return;
12402 
12403   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12404   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
12405     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
12406       BD->setInvalidDecl();
12407 
12408   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12409   if (VD->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
12410     D->setInvalidDecl();
12411     return;
12412   }
12413 
12414   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
12415   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
12416 
12417   // Require a complete type.
12418   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
12419                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
12420                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12421     VD->setInvalidDecl();
12422     return;
12423   }
12424 
12425   // Require a non-abstract type.
12426   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
12427                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12428                              AbstractVariableType)) {
12429     VD->setInvalidDecl();
12430     return;
12431   }
12432 
12433   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
12434   // though.
12435 }
12436 
12437 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
12438   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
12439   if (!RealDecl)
12440     return;
12441 
12442   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12443     QualType Type = Var->getType();
12444 
12445     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
12446     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12447       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
12448       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12449       return;
12450     }
12451 
12452     if (Type->isUndeducedType() &&
12453         DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr))
12454       return;
12455 
12456     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
12457     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
12458     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
12459     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
12460     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
12461     // member.
12462     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12463         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
12464       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
12465         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
12466         // a definition there.
12467         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
12468             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12469           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12470                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
12471               << Var;
12472           Var->setInvalidDecl();
12473           return;
12474         }
12475       } else {
12476         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
12477         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12478         return;
12479       }
12480     }
12481 
12482     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
12483     // be initialized.
12484     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12485         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
12486         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
12487       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
12488       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12489       return;
12490     }
12491 
12492     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && RealDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12493       if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) {
12494         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_extern_decl)
12495             << Var;
12496         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12497         return;
12498       }
12499       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Var->getType(),
12500                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12501         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12502         return;
12503       }
12504       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
12505         if (!RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) {
12506           Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_trivial_ctor);
12507           Var->setInvalidDecl();
12508           return;
12509         }
12510       }
12511     }
12512 
12513     VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
12514     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
12515         Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12516       checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(),
12517                             NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init);
12518 
12519 
12520     switch (DefKind) {
12521     case VarDecl::Definition:
12522       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
12523         break;
12524 
12525       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
12526       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
12527       // a declaration.
12528       //
12529       LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
12530 
12531     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
12532       // It's only a declaration.
12533 
12534       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
12535       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
12536       // object shall be complete.
12537       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
12538           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12539           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12540                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
12541         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12542 
12543       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
12544       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12545           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12546                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12547                                  AbstractVariableType))
12548         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12549       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12550           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
12551         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
12552         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
12553       }
12554 
12555       if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalVar() &&
12556           !Var->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12557         ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var);
12558 
12559       return;
12560 
12561     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
12562       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
12563       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
12564       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
12565       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
12566       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
12567       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
12568         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
12569                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
12570           if (RequireCompleteSizedType(
12571                   Var->getLocation(), ArrayT->getElementType(),
12572                   diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type))
12573             Var->setInvalidDecl();
12574         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12575           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
12576           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
12577           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
12578           // NOTE: code such as the following
12579           //     static struct s;
12580           //     struct s { int a; };
12581           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
12582           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
12583           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
12584           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
12585             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12586                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
12587         }
12588       }
12589 
12590       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
12591       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
12592         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
12593       return;
12594     }
12595 
12596     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12597     // definitions with incomplete array type.
12598     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
12599       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12600            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
12601       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12602       return;
12603     }
12604 
12605     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12606     // definitions with reference type.
12607     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
12608       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
12609           << Var << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
12610       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12611       return;
12612     }
12613 
12614     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
12615     // variable with dependent type.
12616     if (Type->isDependentType())
12617       return;
12618 
12619     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
12620       return;
12621 
12622     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
12623       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
12624                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
12625                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12626         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12627         return;
12628       }
12629     } else {
12630       return;
12631     }
12632 
12633     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12634     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12635                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12636                                AbstractVariableType)) {
12637       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12638       return;
12639     }
12640 
12641     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
12642     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
12643     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
12644     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
12645     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
12646     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
12647     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
12648     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
12649     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
12650     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
12651     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12652       if (const RecordType *Record
12653             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12654         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
12655         // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the
12656         // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can
12657         // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98.
12658         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
12659           setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12660       }
12661     }
12662     // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space,
12663     // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer.
12664     if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
12665         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
12666       return;
12667     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
12668     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
12669     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
12670     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
12671     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
12672     //   type shall have a user-declared default
12673     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
12674     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
12675     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
12676     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
12677     //   program is ill-formed.
12678     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
12679     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
12680     //   default-initialized; [...].
12681     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
12682     InitializationKind Kind
12683       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
12684 
12685     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12686     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12687 
12688     if (Init.get()) {
12689       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
12690       // This is important for template substitution.
12691       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12692     } else if (Init.isInvalid()) {
12693       // If default-init fails, attach a recovery-expr initializer to track
12694       // that initialization was attempted and failed.
12695       auto RecoveryExpr =
12696           CreateRecoveryExpr(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation(), {});
12697       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
12698         Var->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
12699     }
12700 
12701     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
12702   }
12703 }
12704 
12705 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
12706   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
12707   if (!D)
12708     return;
12709 
12710   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12711   if (!VD) {
12712     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
12713     D->setInvalidDecl();
12714     return;
12715   }
12716 
12717   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
12718 
12719   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
12720   int Error = -1;
12721   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
12722   case SC_None:
12723     break;
12724   case SC_Extern:
12725     Error = 0;
12726     break;
12727   case SC_Static:
12728     Error = 1;
12729     break;
12730   case SC_PrivateExtern:
12731     Error = 2;
12732     break;
12733   case SC_Auto:
12734     Error = 3;
12735     break;
12736   case SC_Register:
12737     Error = 4;
12738     break;
12739   }
12740   if (Error != -1) {
12741     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
12742         << VD << Error;
12743     D->setInvalidDecl();
12744   }
12745 }
12746 
12747 StmtResult
12748 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
12749                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
12750                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
12751                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
12752   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
12753   //   A range-based for statement of the form
12754   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12755   //   is equivalent to
12756   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12757   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
12758 
12759   const char *PrevSpec;
12760   unsigned DiagID;
12761   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
12762                      getPrintingPolicy());
12763 
12764   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForContext);
12765   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
12766   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
12767 
12768   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false),
12769                 IdentLoc);
12770   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
12771   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
12772   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
12773   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
12774                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
12775 }
12776 
12777 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
12778   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
12779 
12780   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12781     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
12782     // initialiser
12783     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
12784         !var->hasInit()) {
12785       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
12786           << 1 /*Init*/;
12787       var->setInvalidDecl();
12788       return;
12789     }
12790   }
12791 
12792   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
12793   // local retaining variable.
12794   if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
12795       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12796     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
12797     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
12798     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
12799     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
12800       break;
12801 
12802     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
12803     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
12804       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12805       break;
12806     }
12807   }
12808 
12809   if (var->hasLocalStorage() &&
12810       var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
12811     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12812 
12813   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
12814   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
12815   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
12816   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
12817   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
12818   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12819       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
12820       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
12821       !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
12822       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(var) &&
12823       !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) &&
12824       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
12825                                   var->getLocation())) {
12826     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
12827     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
12828     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
12829       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
12830 
12831     if (!prev) {
12832       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
12833       Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
12834           << /* variable */ 0;
12835     }
12836   }
12837 
12838   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
12839   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
12840   const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr;
12841   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
12842     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
12843       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
12844             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
12845     return *CacheHasConstInit;
12846   };
12847 
12848   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
12849     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
12850       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
12851       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
12852       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
12853       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
12854       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12855         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
12856     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
12857       if (!checkConstInit()) {
12858         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
12859         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
12860         //   initialization.
12861         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
12862         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
12863           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
12864         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12865           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
12866       }
12867     }
12868   }
12869 
12870   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
12871   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
12872   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12873       !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
12874     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
12875     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Read;
12876     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
12877       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
12878     else if (!var->getInit()) {
12879       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
12880       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
12881     } else {
12882       Stack = &DataSegStack;
12883       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
12884     }
12885     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
12886       if (SA->getSyntax() == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Declspec)
12887         SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
12888       UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var);
12889     } else if (Stack->CurrentValue) {
12890       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
12891       auto SectionName = Stack->CurrentValue->getString();
12892       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
12893           Context, SectionName, Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation,
12894           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
12895       if (UnifySection(SectionName, SectionFlags, var))
12896         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
12897     }
12898 
12899     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
12900     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
12901     // attribute.
12902     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
12903       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
12904                                                CurInitSegLoc,
12905                                                AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
12906   }
12907 
12908   if (!var->getType()->isStructureType() && var->hasInit() &&
12909       isa<InitListExpr>(var->getInit())) {
12910     const auto *ILE = cast<InitListExpr>(var->getInit());
12911     unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits();
12912     if (NumInits > 2)
12913       for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumInits; ++I) {
12914         const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(I);
12915         if (!Init)
12916           break;
12917         const auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
12918         if (!SL)
12919           break;
12920 
12921         unsigned NumConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated();
12922         // Diagnose missing comma in string array initialization.
12923         // Do not warn when all the elements in the initializer are concatenated
12924         // together. Do not warn for macros too.
12925         if (NumConcat == 2 && !SL->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) {
12926           bool OnlyOneMissingComma = true;
12927           for (unsigned J = I + 1; J < NumInits; ++J) {
12928             const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(J);
12929             if (!Init)
12930               break;
12931             const auto *SLJ = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
12932             if (!SLJ || SLJ->getNumConcatenated() > 1) {
12933               OnlyOneMissingComma = false;
12934               break;
12935             }
12936           }
12937 
12938           if (OnlyOneMissingComma) {
12939             SmallVector<FixItHint, 1> Hints;
12940             for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumConcat - 1; ++i)
12941               Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
12942                   PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SL->getStrTokenLoc(i)), ","));
12943 
12944             Diag(SL->getStrTokenLoc(1),
12945                  diag::warn_concatenated_literal_array_init)
12946                 << Hints;
12947             Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(),
12948                  diag::note_concatenated_string_literal_silence);
12949           }
12950           // In any case, stop now.
12951           break;
12952         }
12953       }
12954   }
12955 
12956   // All the following checks are C++ only.
12957   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12958     // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
12959     // current module.
12960     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
12961       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
12962     return;
12963   }
12964 
12965   QualType type = var->getType();
12966 
12967   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
12968     getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var);
12969 
12970   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
12971   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
12972   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
12973 
12974   // Check whether the initializer is sufficiently constant.
12975   if (!type->isDependentType() && Init && !Init->isValueDependent() &&
12976       (GlobalStorage || var->isConstexpr() ||
12977        var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context))) {
12978     // If this variable might have a constant initializer or might be usable in
12979     // constant expressions, check whether or not it actually is now.  We can't
12980     // do this lazily, because the result might depend on things that change
12981     // later, such as which constexpr functions happen to be defined.
12982     SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
12983     bool HasConstInit;
12984     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12985       // Prior to C++11, in contexts where a constant initializer is required,
12986       // the set of valid constant initializers is described by syntactic rules
12987       // in [expr.const]p2-6.
12988       // FIXME: Stricter checking for these rules would be useful for constinit /
12989       // -Wglobal-constructors.
12990       HasConstInit = checkConstInit();
12991 
12992       // Compute and cache the constant value, and remember that we have a
12993       // constant initializer.
12994       if (HasConstInit) {
12995         (void)var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
12996         Notes.clear();
12997       } else if (CacheCulprit) {
12998         Notes.emplace_back(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(),
12999                            PDiag(diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr));
13000         Notes.back().second << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
13001       }
13002     } else {
13003       // Evaluate the initializer to see if it's a constant initializer.
13004       HasConstInit = var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
13005     }
13006 
13007     if (HasConstInit) {
13008       // FIXME: Consider replacing the initializer with a ConstantExpr.
13009     } else if (var->isConstexpr()) {
13010       SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
13011       // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
13012       // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
13013       if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
13014                                    diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
13015         DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
13016         Notes.clear();
13017       }
13018       Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
13019           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
13020       for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
13021         Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
13022     } else if (GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) {
13023       auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
13024       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
13025           << Init->getSourceRange();
13026       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
13027           << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit();
13028       for (auto &it : Notes)
13029         Diag(it.first, it.second);
13030     } else if (IsGlobal &&
13031                !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
13032                                            var->getLocation())) {
13033       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
13034       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
13035       // warned about them.
13036       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
13037       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
13038         // checkConstInit() here permits trivial default initialization even in
13039         // C++11 onwards, where such an initializer is not a constant initializer
13040         // but nonetheless doesn't require a global constructor.
13041         if (!checkConstInit())
13042           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
13043               << Init->getSourceRange();
13044       }
13045     }
13046   }
13047 
13048   // Require the destructor.
13049   if (!type->isDependentType())
13050     if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
13051       FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
13052 
13053   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
13054   // module.
13055   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
13056     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
13057 
13058   // Build the bindings if this is a structured binding declaration.
13059   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
13060     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
13061 }
13062 
13063 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
13064 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
13065   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
13066     return true;
13067   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
13068     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
13069       return true;
13070   return false;
13071 }
13072 
13073 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a
13074 /// dllexport/import function.
13075 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) {
13076   assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
13077 
13078   auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13079 
13080   // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function.
13081   while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) &&
13082          !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() &&
13083          !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13084     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13085   }
13086 
13087   if (!FD)
13088     return;
13089 
13090   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
13091   if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
13092     auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
13093     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13094     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13095   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13096     auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13097     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13098     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13099 
13100     // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even
13101     // if it is not used in this compilation unit.
13102     if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13103       FD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13104 
13105   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13106     auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13107     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13108     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13109   }
13110 }
13111 
13112 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
13113 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
13114 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
13115   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
13116   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
13117 
13118   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
13119   if (!VD)
13120     return;
13121 
13122   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active
13123   if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13124       !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
13125     if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid)
13126       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13127           Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName,
13128           PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation,
13129           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13130     if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid)
13131       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13132           Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName,
13133           PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation,
13134           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13135     if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid)
13136       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13137           Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName,
13138           PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation,
13139           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13140     if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid)
13141       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13142           Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName,
13143           PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation,
13144           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13145   }
13146 
13147   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
13148     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
13149       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
13150     }
13151   }
13152 
13153   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
13154 
13155   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
13156   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
13157   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
13158   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
13159     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
13160     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
13161     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) &&
13162         !VD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13163       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
13164       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
13165         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
13166           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
13167           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
13168       }
13169     }
13170   }
13171 
13172   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
13173     CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD);
13174 
13175     if (dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
13176       // CUDA 8.0 E.3.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__
13177       // function, only __shared__ variables or variables without any device
13178       // memory qualifiers may be declared with static storage class.
13179       // Note: It is unclear how a function-scope non-const static variable
13180       // without device memory qualifier is implemented, therefore only static
13181       // const variable without device memory qualifier is allowed.
13182       [&]() {
13183         if (!getLangOpts().CUDA)
13184           return;
13185         if (VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())
13186           return;
13187         if (VD->getType().isConstQualified() &&
13188             !(VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
13189           return;
13190         if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(),
13191                                  diag::err_device_static_local_var)
13192             << CurrentCUDATarget())
13193           VD->setInvalidDecl();
13194       }();
13195     }
13196   }
13197 
13198   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
13199   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
13200   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
13201   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
13202   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
13203   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
13204     checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD);
13205 
13206   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
13207   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
13208 
13209   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
13210   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
13211     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
13212         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13213       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
13214       // with a warning.
13215       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
13216         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
13217       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
13218           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
13219           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
13220 
13221       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
13222            IsClassTemplateMember
13223                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
13224                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
13225       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
13226       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
13227         VD->setInvalidDecl();
13228     }
13229   }
13230 
13231   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
13232   // isn't exported with the variable.
13233   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
13234     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13235     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
13236       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
13237       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
13238       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
13239       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
13240     } else {
13241       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
13242                                                                     << DLLAttr;
13243       VD->setInvalidDecl();
13244     }
13245   }
13246 
13247   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
13248     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13249       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
13250       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
13251     }
13252   }
13253 
13254   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
13255   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
13256   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
13257   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
13258     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
13259 
13260   // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations.
13261   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
13262     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
13263 
13264   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
13265   // tag values.
13266   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
13267       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
13268     return;
13269 
13270   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
13271     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
13272     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
13273       continue;
13274     }
13275     Optional<llvm::APSInt> MagicValueInt;
13276     if (!(MagicValueInt = MagicValueExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) {
13277       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13278            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
13279         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13280       continue;
13281     }
13282     if (MagicValueInt->getActiveBits() > 64) {
13283       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13284            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
13285         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13286       continue;
13287     }
13288     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt->getZExtValue();
13289     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
13290                                MagicValue,
13291                                I->getMatchingCType(),
13292                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
13293                                I->getMustBeNull());
13294   }
13295 }
13296 
13297 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
13298   auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
13299   return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
13300 }
13301 
13302 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
13303                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13304   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
13305 
13306   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
13307     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
13308 
13309   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13310   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13311   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
13312   DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
13313   bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
13314 
13315   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13316     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
13317       // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
13318       // to perform.
13319       if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
13320         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
13321           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
13322         if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
13323           FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
13324         if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() &&
13325             !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
13326           FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
13327 
13328         if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
13329           // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
13330           // declaration in the same group.
13331           if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
13332             Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
13333                  diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
13334                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13335                 << DD->getSourceRange();
13336             DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
13337           }
13338 
13339           // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
13340           // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
13341           // declarator in the same group.
13342           if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
13343             Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
13344                  diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
13345                 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
13346                        ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
13347                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13348                 << DD->getSourceRange();
13349             DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
13350           }
13351         }
13352       }
13353 
13354       Decls.push_back(D);
13355     }
13356   }
13357 
13358   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
13359     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
13360       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
13361       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
13362           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13363         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
13364     }
13365   }
13366 
13367   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
13368 }
13369 
13370 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
13371 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
13372 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
13373 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13374   // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
13375   //   If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
13376   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
13377   if (Group.size() > 1) {
13378     QualType Deduced;
13379     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
13380     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13381       VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
13382       if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
13383         break;
13384       DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType();
13385       if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull())
13386         continue;
13387       if (Deduced.isNull()) {
13388         Deduced = DT->getDeducedType();
13389         DeducedDecl = D;
13390       } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
13391         auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT);
13392         auto Dia = Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
13393                         diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
13394                    << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) << Deduced
13395                    << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() << DT->getDeducedType()
13396                    << D->getDeclName();
13397         if (DeducedDecl->hasInit())
13398           Dia << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13399         if (D->getInit())
13400           Dia << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13401         D->setInvalidDecl();
13402         break;
13403       }
13404     }
13405   }
13406 
13407   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
13408 
13409   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
13410       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
13411 }
13412 
13413 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
13414   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
13415 }
13416 
13417 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13418   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
13419   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
13420     return;
13421 
13422   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
13423                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
13424       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
13425                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
13426     return;
13427 
13428   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
13429     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
13430     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
13431     // additional declaration references:
13432     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
13433     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
13434     //   'struct S *pS;'
13435     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
13436     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
13437     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
13438       Group = Group.slice(1);
13439     }
13440   }
13441 
13442   // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file.
13443   // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in
13444   // different files (e. g. macros or #include).
13445   Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor());
13446 }
13447 
13448 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function
13449 /// parameters and non-type template parameters.
13450 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13451   // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
13452   // parameter.
13453   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13454     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
13455 
13456   // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
13457   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
13458     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
13459       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
13460   }
13461 
13462   // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a
13463   // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...].
13464   switch (D.getName().getKind()) {
13465   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
13466     break;
13467 
13468   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
13469   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId:
13470   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
13471   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName:
13472   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName:
13473   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
13474   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName:
13475     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
13476       << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
13477     break;
13478 
13479   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId:
13480   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId:
13481     // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case.
13482     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id);
13483     break;
13484   }
13485 }
13486 
13487 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
13488 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
13489 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13490   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
13491 
13492   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
13493 
13494   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
13495   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
13496   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
13497     SC = SC_Register;
13498     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
13499     // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension.
13500     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13501       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13502            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
13503                                      : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
13504         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
13505     }
13506   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13507              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
13508     SC = SC_Auto;
13509   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
13510     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13511          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
13512     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
13513   }
13514 
13515   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
13516     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
13517       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
13518   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
13519     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
13520         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
13521   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier())
13522     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
13523         << 0 << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
13524 
13525   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
13526 
13527   CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D);
13528 
13529   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13530   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
13531 
13532   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
13533   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13534   if (II) {
13535     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
13536                    ForVisibleRedeclaration);
13537     LookupName(R, S);
13538     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
13539       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
13540       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13541         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13542         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
13543         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13544         PrevDecl = nullptr;
13545       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13546         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
13547         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13548 
13549         // Recover by removing the name
13550         II = nullptr;
13551         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
13552         D.setInvalidType(true);
13553       }
13554     }
13555   }
13556 
13557   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
13558   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
13559   // looking like class members in C++.
13560   ParmVarDecl *New =
13561       CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(),
13562                      D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC);
13563 
13564   if (D.isInvalidType())
13565     New->setInvalidDecl();
13566 
13567   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
13568   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
13569   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
13570                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
13571 
13572   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
13573   S->AddDecl(New);
13574   if (II)
13575     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
13576 
13577   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
13578 
13579   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13580     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
13581         << 1 << New << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
13582         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
13583 
13584   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
13585     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
13586   }
13587 
13588   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
13589     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New);
13590 
13591   return New;
13592 }
13593 
13594 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
13595 /// typedef.
13596 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
13597                                               SourceLocation Loc,
13598                                               QualType T) {
13599   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
13600      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
13601      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
13602   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
13603                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
13604                                            SC_None, nullptr);
13605   Param->setImplicit();
13606   return Param;
13607 }
13608 
13609 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
13610   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
13611   // will already have done so in the template itself.
13612   if (inTemplateInstantiation())
13613     return;
13614 
13615   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13616     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
13617         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
13618       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
13619         << Parameter->getDeclName();
13620     }
13621   }
13622 }
13623 
13624 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
13625     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
13626   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
13627     return;
13628 
13629   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13630   // threshold.
13631   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
13632     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
13633     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13634       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) << D << Size;
13635   }
13636 
13637   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13638   // threshold.
13639   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13640     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
13641     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
13642       continue;
13643     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
13644     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13645       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
13646           << Parameter << Size;
13647   }
13648 }
13649 
13650 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
13651                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
13652                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
13653                                   StorageClass SC) {
13654   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
13655   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
13656       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
13657       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
13658 
13659     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
13660 
13661     // Special cases for arrays:
13662     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
13663     //   - otherwise, it's an error
13664     if (T->isArrayType()) {
13665       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
13666         if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics())
13667           DelayedDiagnostics.add(
13668               sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
13669               NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
13670         else
13671           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership)
13672               << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
13673       }
13674       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
13675     } else {
13676       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
13677     }
13678     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
13679   }
13680 
13681   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
13682                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
13683                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
13684 
13685   // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that
13686   // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the
13687   // lambda scope.
13688   if (New->isParameterPack())
13689     if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda())
13690       LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New);
13691 
13692   if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
13693       New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
13694     checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(),
13695                           NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
13696 
13697   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
13698   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
13699   // the class has been completely parsed.
13700   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
13701       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13702                              AbstractParamType))
13703     New->setInvalidDecl();
13704 
13705   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
13706   // passed by reference.
13707   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
13708     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
13709         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
13710     Diag(NameLoc,
13711          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
13712       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
13713     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
13714     New->setType(T);
13715   }
13716 
13717   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
13718   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
13719   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
13720   // an address space.
13721   if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
13722       // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
13723       // to be qualified with an address space.
13724       !(getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
13725         (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) {
13726     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
13727     New->setInvalidDecl();
13728   }
13729 
13730   return New;
13731 }
13732 
13733 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
13734                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
13735   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
13736 
13737   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
13738   // for a K&R function.
13739   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
13740     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
13741       --i;
13742       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
13743         SmallString<256> Code;
13744         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
13745             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
13746         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
13747             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
13748             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
13749 
13750         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
13751         // type.
13752         AttributeFactory attrs;
13753         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
13754         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
13755         unsigned DiagID; // unused
13756         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
13757                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
13758         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
13759         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13760         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13761         Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext);
13762         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13763         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
13764       }
13765     }
13766   }
13767 }
13768 
13769 Decl *
13770 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
13771                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
13772                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13773   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
13774   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
13775   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
13776 
13777   // Check if we are in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. If we are, and
13778   // we define a non-templated function definition, we will create a declaration
13779   // instead (=BaseFD), and emit the definition with a mangled name afterwards.
13780   // The base function declaration will have the equivalent of an `omp declare
13781   // variant` annotation which specifies the mangled definition as a
13782   // specialization function under the OpenMP context defined as part of the
13783   // `omp begin declare variant`.
13784   SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> Bases;
13785   if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope())
13786     ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
13787         ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists, Bases);
13788 
13789   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
13790   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
13791   Decl *Dcl = ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
13792 
13793   if (!Bases.empty())
13794     ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(Dcl, Bases);
13795 
13796   return Dcl;
13797 }
13798 
13799 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
13800   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
13801 }
13802 
13803 static bool
13804 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
13805                                 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) {
13806   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
13807   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
13808     return false;
13809 
13810   // Or declarations that aren't global.
13811   if (!FD->isGlobal())
13812     return false;
13813 
13814   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
13815   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
13816     return false;
13817 
13818   // Don't warn about 'main'.
13819   if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13820     if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier())
13821       if (II->isStr("main"))
13822         return false;
13823 
13824   // Don't warn about inline functions.
13825   if (FD->isInlined())
13826     return false;
13827 
13828   // Don't warn about function templates.
13829   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
13830     return false;
13831 
13832   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
13833   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
13834     return false;
13835 
13836   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
13837   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
13838     return false;
13839 
13840   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
13841   if (FD->isDeleted())
13842     return false;
13843 
13844   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
13845        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
13846     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
13847     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
13848     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
13849       continue;
13850 
13851     PossiblePrototype = Prev;
13852     return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType();
13853   }
13854 
13855   return true;
13856 }
13857 
13858 void
13859 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
13860                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
13861                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13862   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
13863   if (!Definition && !FD->isDefined(Definition) && !FD->isCXXClassMember()) {
13864     // If this is a friend function defined in a class template, it does not
13865     // have a body until it is used, nevertheless it is a definition, see
13866     // [temp.inst]p2:
13867     //
13868     // ... for the purpose of determining whether an instantiated redeclaration
13869     // is valid according to [basic.def.odr] and [class.mem], a declaration that
13870     // corresponds to a definition in the template is considered to be a
13871     // definition.
13872     //
13873     // The following code must produce redefinition error:
13874     //
13875     //     template<typename T> struct C20 { friend void func_20() {} };
13876     //     C20<int> c20i;
13877     //     void func_20() {}
13878     //
13879     for (auto I : FD->redecls()) {
13880       if (I != FD && !I->isInvalidDecl() &&
13881           I->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
13882         if (FunctionDecl *Original = I->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
13883           if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
13884             // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of
13885             // the same class, is OK.
13886             if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, Original) &&
13887                 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(I->getLexicalDeclContext()),
13888                                    cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext())))
13889               continue;
13890           }
13891 
13892           if (Original->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13893             Definition = I;
13894             break;
13895           }
13896         }
13897       }
13898     }
13899   }
13900 
13901   if (!Definition)
13902     // Similar to friend functions a friend function template may be a
13903     // definition and do not have a body if it is instantiated in a class
13904     // template.
13905     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
13906       for (auto I : FTD->redecls()) {
13907         auto D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(I);
13908         if (D != FTD) {
13909           assert(!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13910                  "More than one definition in redeclaration chain");
13911           if (D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None)
13912             if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FT =
13913                                        D->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
13914               if (FT->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13915                 Definition = D->getTemplatedDecl();
13916                 break;
13917               }
13918             }
13919         }
13920       }
13921     }
13922 
13923   if (!Definition)
13924     return;
13925 
13926   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
13927     return;
13928 
13929   // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected
13930   // definition.
13931   if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition))
13932     return;
13933 
13934   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
13935   // a template, skip the new definition.
13936   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
13937       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
13938        Definition->isInlined() ||
13939        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
13940        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
13941     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
13942     SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition);
13943     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
13944       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD);
13945     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition));
13946     return;
13947   }
13948 
13949   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
13950       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
13951     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
13952         << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
13953   else
13954     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD;
13955 
13956   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13957   FD->setInvalidDecl();
13958 }
13959 
13960 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
13961                                    Sema &S) {
13962   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
13963 
13964   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
13965   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
13966   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
13967   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
13968   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
13969 
13970   if (LCD == LCD_None)
13971     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
13972   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
13973     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
13974   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
13975     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
13976   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
13977 
13978   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
13979   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
13980 
13981   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
13982   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
13983   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
13984   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
13985     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
13986       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
13987       if (VD->isInitCapture())
13988         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
13989       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
13990       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
13991           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
13992           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
13993                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
13994           I->getType(), /*Invalid*/false);
13995 
13996     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
13997       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(),
13998                           C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
13999     } else {
14000       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(),
14001                              I->getType());
14002     }
14003     ++I;
14004   }
14005 }
14006 
14007 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
14008                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
14009   if (!D) {
14010     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope
14011     // anyway so we can try to parse the function body.
14012     PushFunctionScope();
14013     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
14014     return D;
14015   }
14016 
14017   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
14018 
14019   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
14020     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
14021   else
14022     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
14023 
14024   // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building
14025   // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition().
14026   if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD))
14027     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
14028         FD->isConsteval() ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated
14029                           : ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
14030 
14031   // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition.
14032   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
14033     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0;
14034     FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
14035     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14036   }
14037   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) {
14038     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1;
14039     FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>();
14040     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14041   }
14042 
14043   // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then
14044   // these checks were already performed when it was set.
14045   if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
14046     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
14047 
14048     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
14049     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
14050       return D;
14051   }
14052 
14053   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
14054   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
14055   // this function.
14056   FD->setWillHaveBody();
14057 
14058   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
14059   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
14060   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
14061   // LambdaScopeInfo.
14062   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
14063   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
14064   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
14065   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
14066   // have the LSI properly restored.
14067   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
14068     assert(inTemplateInstantiation() &&
14069            "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
14070            "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
14071     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
14072   } else {
14073     // Enter a new function scope
14074     PushFunctionScope();
14075   }
14076 
14077   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
14078   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
14079     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
14080         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
14081       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
14082       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14083     }
14084   }
14085 
14086   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
14087   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
14088   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
14089   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
14090       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14091       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
14092                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
14093     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14094 
14095   if (FnBodyScope)
14096     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
14097 
14098   // Check the validity of our function parameters
14099   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
14100                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
14101 
14102   // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
14103   // scope.
14104   if (FnBodyScope) {
14105     for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
14106       auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
14107       if (!NonParmDecl)
14108         continue;
14109       assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&
14110              "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet");
14111 
14112       // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
14113       if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
14114         PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14115 
14116       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
14117       // accessible in this scope.
14118       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
14119         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
14120           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14121       }
14122     }
14123   }
14124 
14125   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
14126   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
14127     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
14128 
14129     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
14130     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
14131       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
14132 
14133       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
14134     }
14135   }
14136 
14137   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
14138   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
14139     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
14140 
14141   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
14142   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
14143       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
14144     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
14145     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
14146     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14147     return D;
14148   }
14149   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
14150   // a function template).
14151   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
14152   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
14153       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
14154       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
14155     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
14156 
14157   return D;
14158 }
14159 
14160 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body,
14161 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
14162 /// optimization.
14163 ///
14164 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
14165 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
14166 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
14167 /// use the named return value optimization.
14168 ///
14169 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
14170 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
14171 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
14172 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
14173   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
14174 
14175   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
14176     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
14177       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
14178         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
14179     }
14180   }
14181 }
14182 
14183 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
14184   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
14185   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
14186     return false;
14187 
14188   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
14189   // return type (yet).
14190   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) {
14191     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
14192     // we can still delay parsing it.
14193     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
14194       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
14195       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
14196           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
14197         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
14198         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
14199       }
14200     }
14201     return false;
14202   }
14203 
14204   return true;
14205 }
14206 
14207 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
14208   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
14209   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
14210   // rest of the file.
14211   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
14212   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
14213   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) {
14214     if (FD->isConstexpr())
14215       return false;
14216     // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template
14217     // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered
14218     // "undeduced".
14219     if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType())
14220       return false;
14221   }
14222   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
14223 }
14224 
14225 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
14226   if (!Decl)
14227     return nullptr;
14228   if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction())
14229     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
14230   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
14231     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
14232   return Decl;
14233 }
14234 
14235 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
14236   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
14237 }
14238 
14239 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function
14240 /// body.
14241 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII {
14242 public:
14243   ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {}
14244   ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() {
14245     if (!IsLambda)
14246       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
14247   }
14248 
14249 private:
14250   Sema &S;
14251   bool IsLambda = false;
14252 };
14253 
14254 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) {
14255   llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo;
14256 
14257   auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) {
14258     if (EscapeInfo.count(BD))
14259       return EscapeInfo[BD];
14260 
14261     bool R = false;
14262     const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD;
14263 
14264     do {
14265       R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape();
14266       if (R)
14267         break;
14268       CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl();
14269     } while (CurBD);
14270 
14271     return EscapeInfo[BD] = R;
14272   };
14273 
14274   // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping
14275   // block, emit a diagnostic.
14276   for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P :
14277        S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs)
14278     if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second))
14279       S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
14280           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->");
14281 }
14282 
14283 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
14284                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
14285   FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction();
14286   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
14287 
14288   if (FSI->UsesFPIntrin && !FD->hasAttr<StrictFPAttr>())
14289     FD->addAttr(StrictFPAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
14290 
14291   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
14292   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
14293 
14294   if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && FSI->isCoroutine())
14295     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
14296 
14297   // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one
14298   // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is
14299   // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef().
14300   ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD));
14301 
14302   if (FD) {
14303     FD->setBody(Body);
14304     FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
14305 
14306     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
14307       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
14308           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
14309         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
14310         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
14311         // the deduced result type is 'void'.
14312         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
14313           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
14314               << FD->getReturnType();
14315           FD->setInvalidDecl();
14316         } else {
14317           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
14318           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
14319           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
14320               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
14321         }
14322       }
14323     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
14324       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
14325       // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
14326       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
14327       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
14328         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
14329 
14330         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
14331         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
14332         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
14333         QualType RetType =
14334             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
14335 
14336         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
14337         const auto *Proto = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
14338         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
14339                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
14340       }
14341     }
14342 
14343     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
14344     // don't complain about missing return statements.
14345     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
14346       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
14347 
14348     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
14349     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
14350     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
14351       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
14352 
14353     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14354       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
14355       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody())
14356         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
14357       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
14358                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
14359 
14360       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
14361       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
14362         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
14363       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
14364         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
14365 
14366       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
14367       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
14368       // to deduce an implicit return type.
14369       if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
14370           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext()))
14371         computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14372     }
14373 
14374     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
14375     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
14376     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
14377     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
14378     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
14379     const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr;
14380     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) {
14381       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
14382 
14383       if (PossiblePrototype) {
14384         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
14385         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
14386         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
14387           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14388           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
14389             Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(),
14390                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
14391                 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0)
14392                 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0
14393                         ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void")
14394                         : FixItHint{});
14395         }
14396       } else {
14397         // Returns true if the token beginning at this Loc is `const`.
14398         auto isLocAtConst = [&](SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM,
14399                                 const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
14400           std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
14401           if (LocInfo.first.isInvalid())
14402             return false;
14403 
14404           bool Invalid = false;
14405           StringRef Buffer = SM.getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
14406           if (Invalid)
14407             return false;
14408 
14409           if (LocInfo.second > Buffer.size())
14410             return false;
14411 
14412           const char *LexStart = Buffer.data() + LocInfo.second;
14413           StringRef StartTok(LexStart, Buffer.size() - LocInfo.second);
14414 
14415           return StartTok.consume_front("const") &&
14416                  (StartTok.empty() || isWhitespace(StartTok[0]) ||
14417                   StartTok.startswith("/*") || StartTok.startswith("//"));
14418         };
14419 
14420         auto findBeginLoc = [&]() {
14421           // If the return type has `const` qualifier, we want to insert
14422           // `static` before `const` (and not before the typename).
14423           if ((FD->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
14424                FD->getReturnType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified()) ||
14425               FD->getReturnType().isConstQualified()) {
14426             // But only do this if we can determine where the `const` is.
14427 
14428             if (isLocAtConst(FD->getBeginLoc(), getSourceManager(),
14429                              getLangOpts()))
14430 
14431               return FD->getBeginLoc();
14432           }
14433           return FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
14434         };
14435         Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
14436             << /* function */ 1
14437             << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None
14438                     ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(findBeginLoc(), "static ")
14439                     : FixItHint{});
14440       }
14441 
14442       // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
14443       //   Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
14444       //   This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide
14445       //   a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype.
14446       if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype()) {
14447         TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
14448         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14449         FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>();
14450         Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2;
14451       }
14452     }
14453 
14454     // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body.
14455     if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body)
14456       if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body))
14457         if (!CmpndBody->body_empty())
14458           Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(),
14459                diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored);
14460 
14461     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
14462       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
14463       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
14464           MD->isVirtual() &&
14465           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
14466           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
14467         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
14468         if (FD->isInlined() &&
14469             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
14470           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
14471 
14472           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
14473           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
14474           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
14475           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
14476           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
14477             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14478         } else {
14479           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
14480           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14481         }
14482       }
14483     }
14484 
14485     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
14486            "Function parsing confused");
14487   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
14488     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
14489     MD->setBody(Body);
14490     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14491       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
14492                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
14493 
14494       if (Body)
14495         computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14496     }
14497     if (FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
14498       Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
14499           << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
14500       FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
14501     }
14502     if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
14503       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
14504       bool isDesignated =
14505           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
14506       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
14507       (void)isDesignated;
14508 
14509       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
14510         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
14511         if (!IFace)
14512           return false;
14513         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
14514         if (!SuperD)
14515           return false;
14516         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
14517             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
14518       };
14519       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
14520       // of NSObject.
14521       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
14522         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14523              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
14524         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
14525              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
14526       }
14527       FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
14528     }
14529     if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
14530       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
14531       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
14532         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14533              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
14534       FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
14535     }
14536 
14537     diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this);
14538   } else {
14539     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope
14540     // we pushed on.
14541     PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14542     return nullptr;
14543   }
14544 
14545   if (Body && FSI->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
14546     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
14547 
14548   assert(!FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
14549          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
14550          "handled in the block above.");
14551 
14552   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
14553   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
14554     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
14555     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
14556     // Verify this.
14557     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
14558       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
14559 
14560     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
14561     if (FSI->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
14562         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
14563       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
14564 
14565     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
14566       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
14567         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
14568 
14569       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
14570                                              Destructor->getParent());
14571     }
14572 
14573     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14574     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14575     // deletion in some later function.
14576     if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() ||
14577         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
14578       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14579     }
14580     if (!hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
14581         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
14582       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
14583       // enabled.
14584       ActivePolicy = &WP;
14585     }
14586 
14587     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14588         !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose))
14589       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14590 
14591     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
14592       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
14593         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
14594         // require prologue.
14595         bool RegisterVariables = false;
14596         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
14597           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
14598             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
14599               RegisterVariables =
14600                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
14601               if (!RegisterVariables)
14602                 break;
14603             }
14604           }
14605         }
14606         if (RegisterVariables)
14607           continue;
14608         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
14609           Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
14610           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
14611           FD->setInvalidDecl();
14612           break;
14613         }
14614       }
14615     }
14616 
14617     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
14618                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
14619            "Leftover temporaries in function");
14620     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
14621     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
14622            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
14623   }
14624 
14625   if (!IsInstantiation)
14626     PopDeclContext();
14627 
14628   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14629   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14630   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14631   // deletion in some later function.
14632   if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred()) {
14633     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14634   }
14635 
14636   if (LangOpts.OpenMP || LangOpts.CUDA || LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice) {
14637     auto ES = getEmissionStatus(FD);
14638     if (ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted ||
14639         ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown)
14640       DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.push_back(FD);
14641   }
14642 
14643   return dcl;
14644 }
14645 
14646 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
14647 /// relevant Decl.
14648 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
14649                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
14650   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
14651   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
14652     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
14653   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs);
14654 
14655   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
14656     if (Method->isStatic())
14657       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
14658 }
14659 
14660 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
14661 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
14662 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
14663                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
14664   // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding
14665   // DeclContext.
14666   // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope.
14667   // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope
14668   // instead.
14669   Scope *BlockScope = S;
14670   while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent())
14671     BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent();
14672 
14673   Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope;
14674   while (!ContextScope->getEntity())
14675     ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent();
14676   ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity());
14677 
14678   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
14679   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
14680   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
14681   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
14682   NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
14683   if (ExternCPrev) {
14684     // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so
14685     // that later (non-call) uses can see it.
14686     PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false);
14687 
14688     // C89 footnote 38:
14689     //   If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int",
14690     //   the behavior is undefined.
14691     if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) ||
14692         !Context.typesAreCompatible(
14693             cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(),
14694             Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) {
14695       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration)
14696           << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99;
14697       Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14698       return ExternCPrev;
14699     }
14700   }
14701 
14702   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
14703   unsigned diag_id;
14704   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
14705     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
14706   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported.
14707   else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
14708     diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl;
14709   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
14710     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
14711   else
14712     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
14713   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
14714 
14715   // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building
14716   // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing
14717   // more to do.
14718   if (ExternCPrev)
14719     return ExternCPrev;
14720 
14721   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
14722   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
14723   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
14724     TypoCorrection Corrected;
14725     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{};
14726     if (S && (Corrected =
14727                   CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName,
14728                               S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError)))
14729       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
14730                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
14731   }
14732 
14733   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
14734   const char *Dummy;
14735   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
14736   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
14737   unsigned DiagID;
14738   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
14739                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
14740   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
14741   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
14742   SourceLocation NoLoc;
14743   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::BlockContext);
14744   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
14745                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
14746                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14747                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
14748                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
14749                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
14750                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14751                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
14752                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
14753                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None,
14754                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
14755                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
14756                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
14757                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
14758                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
14759                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
14760                                              /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc,
14761                                              Loc, D),
14762                 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation());
14763   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
14764 
14765   // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope.
14766   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D));
14767   FD->setImplicit();
14768 
14769   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
14770 
14771   return FD;
14772 }
14773 
14774 /// If this function is a C++ replaceable global allocation function
14775 /// (C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation], C++2a [new.delete]),
14776 /// adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on the standard.
14777 ///
14778 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
14779 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
14780 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(
14781     FunctionDecl *FD) {
14782   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14783     return;
14784 
14785   if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_New &&
14786       FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_New)
14787     return;
14788 
14789   Optional<unsigned> AlignmentParam;
14790   bool IsNothrow = false;
14791   if (!FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&AlignmentParam, &IsNothrow))
14792     return;
14793 
14794   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
14795   //   An allocation function that has a non-throwing exception specification
14796   //   indicates failure by returning a null pointer value. Any other allocation
14797   //   function never returns a null pointer value and indicates failure only by
14798   //   throwing an exception [...]
14799   if (!IsNothrow && !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>())
14800     FD->addAttr(ReturnsNonNullAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14801 
14802   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
14803   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
14804   //   storage. [...] If the request succeeds, the value returned by a
14805   //   replaceable allocation function is a [...] pointer value p0 different
14806   //   from any previously returned value p1 [...]
14807   //
14808   // However, this particular information is being added in codegen,
14809   // because there is an opt-out switch for it (-fno-assume-sane-operator-new)
14810 
14811   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
14812   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
14813   //   storage. If it is successful, it returns the address of the start of a
14814   //   block of storage whose length in bytes is at least as large as the
14815   //   requested size.
14816   if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocSizeAttr>()) {
14817     FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(
14818         Context, /*ElemSizeParam=*/ParamIdx(1, FD),
14819         /*NumElemsParam=*/ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation()));
14820   }
14821 
14822   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
14823   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
14824   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
14825   //   (3.1) If the allocation function takes an argument of type
14826   //         std​::​align_­val_­t, the storage will have the alignment
14827   //         specified by the value of this argument.
14828   if (AlignmentParam.hasValue() && !FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) {
14829     FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit(
14830         Context, ParamIdx(AlignmentParam.getValue(), FD), FD->getLocation()));
14831   }
14832 
14833   // FIXME:
14834   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
14835   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
14836   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
14837   //   (3.2) Otherwise, if the allocation function is named operator new[],
14838   //         the storage is aligned for any object that does not have
14839   //         new-extended alignment ([basic.align]) and is no larger than the
14840   //         requested size.
14841   //   (3.3) Otherwise, the storage is aligned for any object that does not
14842   //         have new-extended alignment and is of the requested size.
14843 }
14844 
14845 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
14846 /// the declaration of this function.
14847 ///
14848 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
14849 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
14850 /// like NSLog or printf.
14851 ///
14852 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
14853 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
14854 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
14855   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14856     return;
14857 
14858   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
14859   // actual attributes.
14860   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
14861     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
14862     unsigned FormatIdx;
14863     bool HasVAListArg;
14864     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
14865       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
14866         const char *fmt = "printf";
14867         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
14868         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
14869             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
14870           fmt = "NSString";
14871         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14872                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
14873                                                FormatIdx+1,
14874                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
14875                                                FD->getLocation()));
14876       }
14877     }
14878     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
14879                                              HasVAListArg)) {
14880      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
14881        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14882                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
14883                                               FormatIdx+1,
14884                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
14885                                               FD->getLocation()));
14886     }
14887 
14888     // Handle automatically recognized callbacks.
14889     SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding;
14890     if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() &&
14891         Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding))
14892       FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit(
14893           Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation()));
14894 
14895     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing
14896     // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM
14897     // intrinsics for such functions.
14898     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() &&
14899         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID))
14900       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14901 
14902     // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set
14903     // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the
14904     // C standard.
14905     const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
14906     if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) &&
14907         !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) {
14908       switch (BuiltinID) {
14909       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma:
14910       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf:
14911       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal:
14912       case Builtin::BIfma:
14913       case Builtin::BIfmaf:
14914       case Builtin::BIfmal:
14915         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14916         break;
14917       default:
14918         break;
14919       }
14920     }
14921 
14922     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
14923         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
14924       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14925                                          FD->getLocation()));
14926     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
14927       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14928     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
14929       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14930     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
14931       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14932     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
14933         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
14934       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
14935       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
14936       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
14937       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
14938           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
14939         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14940       else
14941         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14942     }
14943   }
14944 
14945   AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(FD);
14946 
14947   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
14948   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
14949   // across.
14950   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
14951       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
14952     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
14953     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
14954       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14955   }
14956 
14957   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
14958   if (!Name)
14959     return;
14960   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14961        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
14962       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
14963        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
14964        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
14965     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
14966     // about.
14967   } else
14968     return;
14969 
14970   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
14971     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
14972     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
14973     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
14974       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14975                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
14976                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
14977                                              FD->getLocation()));
14978   }
14979 
14980   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
14981     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
14982     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
14983     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
14984       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD),
14985                                                 FD->getLocation()));
14986   }
14987 }
14988 
14989 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
14990                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
14991   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
14992   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
14993 
14994   if (!TInfo) {
14995     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
14996     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
14997   }
14998 
14999   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
15000   TypedefDecl *NewTD =
15001       TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(),
15002                           D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo);
15003 
15004   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
15005   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
15006     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
15007     return NewTD;
15008   }
15009 
15010   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
15011     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
15012       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
15013           << 2 << NewTD
15014           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
15015           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
15016                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
15017     else
15018       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
15019   }
15020 
15021   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
15022   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
15023   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
15024   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
15025   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
15026   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
15027   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
15028   case TST_enum:
15029   case TST_struct:
15030   case TST_interface:
15031   case TST_union:
15032   case TST_class: {
15033     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
15034     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
15035     break;
15036   }
15037 
15038   default:
15039     break;
15040   }
15041 
15042   return NewTD;
15043 }
15044 
15045 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
15046 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
15047   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
15048   QualType T = TI->getType();
15049 
15050   if (T->isDependentType())
15051     return false;
15052 
15053   // This doesn't use 'isIntegralType' despite the error message mentioning
15054   // integral type because isIntegralType would also allow enum types in C.
15055   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
15056     if (BT->isInteger())
15057       return false;
15058 
15059   if (T->isExtIntType())
15060     return false;
15061 
15062   return Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
15063 }
15064 
15065 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
15066 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
15067 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
15068                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
15069                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
15070   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
15071     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
15072       << Prev->isScoped();
15073     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15074     return true;
15075   }
15076 
15077   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
15078     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
15079         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
15080         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
15081                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
15082       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
15083       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
15084         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
15085       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
15086           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
15087       return true;
15088     }
15089   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
15090     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
15091       << Prev->isFixed();
15092     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15093     return true;
15094   }
15095 
15096   return false;
15097 }
15098 
15099 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
15100 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
15101 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
15102 ///
15103 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
15104 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
15105   switch (Tag) {
15106   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
15107   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
15108   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
15109   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
15110   }
15111 }
15112 
15113 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
15114 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
15115 ///
15116 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
15117 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
15118 {
15119   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
15120 }
15121 
15122 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
15123                                              TagTypeKind TTK) {
15124   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
15125     return NTK_Typedef;
15126   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
15127     return NTK_TypeAlias;
15128   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15129     return NTK_Template;
15130   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15131     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
15132   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
15133     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
15134   switch (TTK) {
15135   case TTK_Struct:
15136   case TTK_Interface:
15137   case TTK_Class:
15138     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
15139   case TTK_Union:
15140     return NTK_NonUnion;
15141   case TTK_Enum:
15142     return NTK_NonEnum;
15143   }
15144   llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK");
15145 }
15146 
15147 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
15148 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
15149 ///
15150 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
15151 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
15152                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
15153                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
15154                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
15155   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
15156   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
15157   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
15158   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
15159   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
15160   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
15161   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
15162   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
15163   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
15164   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
15165   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
15166   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
15167   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
15168   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15169   if (OldTag != NewTag &&
15170       !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)))
15171     return false;
15172 
15173   // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags.
15174   // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point.
15175   if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
15176     return true;
15177 
15178   // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored
15179   // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg)
15180   // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if
15181   // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched
15182   // declarations.
15183   auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) {
15184     return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch,
15185                                       Loc);
15186   };
15187   if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc))
15188     return true;
15189 
15190   auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) {
15191     return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation());
15192   };
15193   while (IsIgnored(Previous)) {
15194     Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl();
15195     if (!Previous)
15196       return true;
15197     OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15198   }
15199 
15200   bool isTemplate = false;
15201   if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
15202     isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
15203 
15204   if (inTemplateInstantiation()) {
15205     if (OldTag != NewTag) {
15206       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
15207       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
15208       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15209         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15210         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15211       // FIXME: Note previous location?
15212     }
15213     return true;
15214   }
15215 
15216   if (isDefinition) {
15217     // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
15218     // one that doesn't match the current tag.
15219     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
15220       // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
15221       return true;
15222     }
15223 
15224     bool previousMismatch = false;
15225     for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) {
15226       if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15227         // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled.
15228         if (IsIgnored(I))
15229           continue;
15230 
15231         if (!previousMismatch) {
15232           previousMismatch = true;
15233           Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
15234             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15235             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
15236         }
15237         Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15238           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
15239           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
15240                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
15241       }
15242     }
15243     return true;
15244   }
15245 
15246   // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if
15247   // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior
15248   // (non-ignored) declaration.
15249   const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition();
15250   if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef))
15251     PrevDef = nullptr;
15252   const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous;
15253   if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15254     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15255       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15256       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15257     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
15258 
15259     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
15260     if (PrevDef) {
15261       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15262         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
15263         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
15264              TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
15265     }
15266   }
15267 
15268   return true;
15269 }
15270 
15271 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
15272 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
15273 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
15274 ///   namespace N {
15275 ///     struct X;
15276 ///     namespace M {
15277 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
15278 ///     }
15279 ///   }
15280 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
15281                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
15282   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
15283   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
15284   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
15285   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
15286   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15287   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
15288     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
15289     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
15290     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
15291     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
15292       return FixItHint();
15293     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
15294     Namespaces.push_back(II);
15295     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
15296         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
15297     if (Lookup == Namespace)
15298       break;
15299   }
15300 
15301   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
15302   // build an NNS.
15303   SmallString<64> Insertion;
15304   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
15305   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
15306     OS << "::";
15307   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
15308   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
15309     OS << II->getName() << "::";
15310   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
15311 }
15312 
15313 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
15314 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
15315 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
15316 /// using-declaration).
15317 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
15318                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
15319   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
15320   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
15321 
15322   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
15323     return true;
15324 
15325   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
15326   // encloses the other).
15327   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
15328       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
15329     return true;
15330 
15331   return false;
15332 }
15333 
15334 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
15335 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
15336 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
15337 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
15338 ///
15339 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
15340 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
15341 ///
15342 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
15343 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
15344 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
15345                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
15346                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
15347                      const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS,
15348                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
15349                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
15350                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
15351                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
15352                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
15353                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
15354                      SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
15355   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
15356   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
15357   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
15358          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
15359   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
15360 
15361   OwnedDecl = false;
15362   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
15363   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
15364 
15365   // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully.
15366   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
15367   bool Invalid = false;
15368 
15369   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
15370   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
15371   // for non-C++ cases.
15372   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
15373       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
15374     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
15375             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
15376                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
15377                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) {
15378       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15379         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
15380         return nullptr;
15381       }
15382 
15383       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
15384         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
15385         // be a member of another template).
15386 
15387         if (Invalid)
15388           return nullptr;
15389 
15390         OwnedDecl = false;
15391         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(
15392             S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams,
15393             AS, ModulePrivateLoc,
15394             /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
15395             TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody);
15396         return Result.get();
15397       } else {
15398         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
15399         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
15400           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
15401         isMemberSpecialization = true;
15402       }
15403     }
15404 
15405     if (!TemplateParameterLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
15406         CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParameterLists.back()))
15407       return nullptr;
15408   }
15409 
15410   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
15411   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
15412   // redeclaration.
15413   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
15414   bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum;
15415 
15416   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15417     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) {
15418       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
15419       // type, default to int.
15420       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15421     } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
15422       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
15423       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
15424       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
15425       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
15426       EnumUnderlying = TI;
15427 
15428       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
15429         // Recover by falling back to int.
15430         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15431 
15432       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
15433                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
15434         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15435 
15436     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
15437       // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type
15438       // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set
15439       // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This
15440       // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming.
15441       if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15442         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15443     }
15444   }
15445 
15446   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
15447   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
15448   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
15449   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
15450 
15451   RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext();
15452   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
15453     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
15454 
15455   /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C
15456   /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl
15457   /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed.
15458   auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * {
15459     assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage");
15460     // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
15461     // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
15462     // keyword.
15463     SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
15464     TagDecl *New = nullptr;
15465 
15466     if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15467       New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr,
15468                              ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
15469       // If this is an undefined enum, bail.
15470       if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid)
15471         return nullptr;
15472       if (EnumUnderlying) {
15473         EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
15474         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>())
15475           ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
15476         else
15477           ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0));
15478         ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
15479       }
15480     } else { // struct/union
15481       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
15482                                nullptr);
15483     }
15484 
15485     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
15486       // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked
15487       // when the ASTContext lays out the structure.
15488       //
15489       // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
15490       // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
15491       // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
15492       // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
15493       // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
15494       // parsing of the struct).
15495       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
15496         AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
15497         AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
15498       }
15499     }
15500     New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
15501     return New;
15502   };
15503 
15504   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
15505   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
15506     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
15507 
15508     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
15509     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
15510       Name = nullptr;
15511       goto CreateNewDecl;
15512     }
15513 
15514     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
15515     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
15516     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
15517       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
15518       if (!DC) {
15519         IsDependent = true;
15520         return nullptr;
15521       }
15522     } else {
15523       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
15524       if (!DC) {
15525         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
15526           << SS.getRange();
15527         return nullptr;
15528       }
15529     }
15530 
15531     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
15532       return nullptr;
15533 
15534     SearchDC = DC;
15535     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
15536     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
15537 
15538     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15539       return nullptr;
15540 
15541     if (Previous.empty()) {
15542       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
15543       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
15544       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
15545       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
15546       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
15547       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
15548       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
15549           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
15550         IsDependent = true;
15551         return nullptr;
15552       }
15553 
15554       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
15555       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
15556         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
15557       Name = nullptr;
15558       Invalid = true;
15559       goto CreateNewDecl;
15560     }
15561   } else if (Name) {
15562     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
15563     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
15564     //   name different from T:
15565     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
15566     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15567         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
15568       return nullptr;
15569 
15570     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
15571     // declaration or definition.
15572     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
15573     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
15574     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
15575     LookupName(Previous, S);
15576 
15577     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
15578     // by types using'ed into this scope.
15579     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
15580         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
15581       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15582       while (F.hasNext()) {
15583         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15584         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
15585                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
15586           F.erase();
15587       }
15588       F.done();
15589     }
15590 
15591     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
15592     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
15593     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
15594     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
15595     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
15596     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
15597     //
15598     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
15599     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
15600     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
15601     //
15602     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
15603     // semantic context?
15604     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15605       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15606       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15607       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
15608       while (F.hasNext()) {
15609         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15610         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15611         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
15612             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
15613           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15614             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
15615           else
15616             F.erase();
15617         }
15618       }
15619       F.done();
15620 
15621       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
15622       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
15623       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
15624         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15625         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
15626             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
15627       }
15628     }
15629 
15630     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
15631     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15632       return nullptr;
15633 
15634     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
15635       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
15636       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
15637       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
15638       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
15639       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
15640         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
15641     }
15642   }
15643 
15644   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
15645       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
15646     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
15647     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
15648     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
15649     Previous.clear();
15650   }
15651 
15652   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
15653       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
15654     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
15655       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
15656       isStdBadAlloc = true;
15657 
15658       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
15659       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
15660       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
15661       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
15662         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
15663     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
15664       isStdAlignValT = true;
15665       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
15666         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
15667     }
15668   }
15669 
15670   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
15671   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
15672   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
15673   // there's a shadow friend decl.
15674   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
15675       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) {
15676     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
15677     assert(SS.isEmpty());
15678 
15679     if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) {
15680       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
15681       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
15682       //
15683       //          class-key identifier
15684       //
15685       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
15686       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
15687       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
15688       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
15689       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
15690       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
15691       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
15692       //      declaration.
15693       //
15694       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
15695       // C structs and unions.
15696       //
15697       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
15698       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
15699       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
15700       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
15701       //
15702       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
15703       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
15704       //
15705       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
15706       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
15707       // lexical context,
15708       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
15709 
15710       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
15711       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
15712     } else {
15713       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
15714       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
15715       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
15716       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
15717       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
15718       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15719     }
15720 
15721     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
15722     // diagnose some problems.
15723     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
15724     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
15725     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
15726     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
15727     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15728       // FIXME: This can perform qualified lookups into function contexts,
15729       // which are meaningless.
15730       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15731       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
15732     } else {
15733       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15734       LookupName(Previous, S);
15735     }
15736   }
15737 
15738   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
15739   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
15740     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
15741 
15742   if (!Previous.empty()) {
15743     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15744     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
15745 
15746     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
15747     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
15748     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
15749     // in C++.
15750     //
15751     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
15752     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
15753     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
15754     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
15755     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15756       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15757         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
15758           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
15759           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
15760               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
15761                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
15762             PrevDecl = Tag;
15763             Previous.clear();
15764             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
15765             Previous.resolveKind();
15766           }
15767         }
15768       }
15769     }
15770 
15771     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
15772     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
15773     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
15774     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
15775       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
15776       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15777           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) &&
15778           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
15779                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
15780         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
15781         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
15782              diag::note_using_decl_target);
15783         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
15784             << 0;
15785         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
15786         Previous.clear();
15787         goto CreateNewDecl;
15788       }
15789     }
15790 
15791     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15792       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
15793       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
15794       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
15795       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
15796           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
15797                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
15798         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
15799         // struct or something similar.
15800         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
15801                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
15802                                           Name)) {
15803           bool SafeToContinue
15804             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
15805                Kind != TTK_Enum);
15806           if (SafeToContinue)
15807             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
15808               << Name
15809               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
15810                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
15811           else
15812             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
15813           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
15814 
15815           if (SafeToContinue)
15816             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
15817           else {
15818             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
15819             Name = nullptr;
15820             Previous.clear();
15821             Invalid = true;
15822           }
15823         }
15824 
15825         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
15826           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
15827           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)
15828             return PrevTagDecl;
15829 
15830           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
15831           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
15832             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
15833           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
15834             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
15835 
15836           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
15837           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
15838           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
15839           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
15840                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
15841                                      IsFixed, PrevEnum))
15842             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
15843         }
15844 
15845         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
15846         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
15847         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
15848         //   and then later defined.
15849         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
15850             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
15851           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
15852           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15853         }
15854 
15855         if (!Invalid) {
15856           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
15857           // we have attributes.
15858           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15859             if (!Attrs.empty()) {
15860               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
15861               // declaration to hold them.
15862             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
15863                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
15864                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
15865                         PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) &&
15866                        SS.isEmpty()) {
15867               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
15868               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
15869               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
15870               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
15871               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
15872               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
15873               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
15874               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
15875                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
15876                 return PrevTagDecl;
15877               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
15878               // that scope.
15879               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
15880             } else {
15881               return PrevTagDecl;
15882             }
15883           }
15884 
15885           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
15886           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
15887             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
15888               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
15889               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
15890               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
15891               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
15892               if (isMemberSpecialization) {
15893                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
15894                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
15895                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
15896                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
15897                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
15898                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
15899                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
15900                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
15901               }
15902 
15903               // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do
15904               // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However,
15905               // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in
15906               // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89).
15907               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
15908               if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
15909                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
15910                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
15911                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
15912                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
15913                 // use it in place of this one.
15914                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15915                   // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we
15916                   // complete parsing the new one and do the structural
15917                   // comparison.
15918                   SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true;
15919                   SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl();
15920                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
15921                   return Def;
15922                 } else {
15923                   SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
15924                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
15925                   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
15926                   // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll
15927                   // skip starting the definitiion later.
15928                 }
15929               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
15930                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
15931                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
15932                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
15933                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
15934                 else
15935                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
15936                 notePreviousDefinition(Def,
15937                                        NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc);
15938                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
15939                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
15940                 // references get the previous definition.
15941                 Name = nullptr;
15942                 Previous.clear();
15943                 Invalid = true;
15944               }
15945             } else {
15946               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
15947               // about a nested redefinition.
15948               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
15949               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
15950                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
15951                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
15952                      diag::note_previous_definition);
15953                 Name = nullptr;
15954                 Previous.clear();
15955                 Invalid = true;
15956               }
15957             }
15958 
15959             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
15960             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
15961           }
15962 
15963           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
15964           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
15965           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
15966           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
15967             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
15968             AS = AS_none;
15969           }
15970         }
15971         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
15972         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
15973 
15974       } else {
15975         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
15976         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
15977         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
15978         // have distinct types.
15979         Previous.clear();
15980       }
15981       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
15982       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
15983       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
15984 
15985     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
15986     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
15987     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
15988     } else {
15989       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
15990       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
15991       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
15992       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
15993           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
15994         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
15995         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK
15996                                                        << Kind;
15997         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
15998         Invalid = true;
15999 
16000       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
16001       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
16002                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
16003         // do nothing
16004 
16005       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
16006       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16007         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
16008         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
16009         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
16010         Invalid = true;
16011 
16012       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
16013       // case here.
16014       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16015         unsigned Kind = 0;
16016         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
16017         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
16018           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
16019         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
16020         Invalid = true;
16021 
16022       // Otherwise, diagnose.
16023       } else {
16024         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
16025         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
16026         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
16027         notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc);
16028         Name = nullptr;
16029         Invalid = true;
16030       }
16031 
16032       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
16033       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
16034       Previous.clear();
16035     }
16036   }
16037 
16038 CreateNewDecl:
16039 
16040   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16041   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
16042     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
16043 
16044   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
16045   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
16046   // keyword.
16047   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
16048 
16049   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
16050   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
16051   // PrevDecl.
16052   TagDecl *New;
16053 
16054   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
16055     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16056     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
16057     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16058                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
16059                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
16060 
16061     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
16062       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16063 
16064     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
16065     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
16066       TagDecl *Def;
16067       if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
16068         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
16069         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
16070       }
16071       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
16072         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
16073           << New;
16074         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
16075       } else {
16076         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
16077         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
16078           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
16079         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
16080           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
16081         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
16082       }
16083     }
16084 
16085     if (EnumUnderlying) {
16086       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16087       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
16088         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
16089       else
16090         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
16091       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
16092       assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete");
16093     }
16094   } else {
16095     // struct/union/class
16096 
16097     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16098     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
16099     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16100       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
16101       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16102                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16103 
16104       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
16105         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
16106     } else
16107       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16108                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16109   }
16110 
16111   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
16112   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
16113   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) &&
16114       TUK == TUK_Definition) {
16115     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
16116       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16117     Invalid = true;
16118   }
16119 
16120   if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition &&
16121       DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) {
16122     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum)
16123       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16124     Invalid = true;
16125   }
16126 
16127   // Maybe add qualifier info.
16128   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
16129     if (SS.isSet()) {
16130       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
16131       // nested-name-specifier against the current context.
16132       if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
16133           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc,
16134                                        isMemberSpecialization))
16135         Invalid = true;
16136 
16137       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
16138       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
16139         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
16140       }
16141     }
16142     else
16143       Invalid = true;
16144   }
16145 
16146   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
16147     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
16148     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
16149     //
16150     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
16151     // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
16152     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
16153     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
16154     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
16155     // parsing of the struct).
16156     if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
16157       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
16158       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
16159     }
16160   }
16161 
16162   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
16163     if (isMemberSpecialization)
16164       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
16165         << 2
16166         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
16167     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
16168     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
16169     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
16170     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
16171       New->setModulePrivate();
16172   }
16173 
16174   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
16175   // check the specialization.
16176   if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
16177     Invalid = true;
16178 
16179   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
16180   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
16181   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
16182   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
16183       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
16184     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16185       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
16186       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
16187       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
16188         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
16189             << Name;
16190         Invalid = true;
16191       }
16192     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
16193       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16194     }
16195   }
16196 
16197   if (Invalid)
16198     New->setInvalidDecl();
16199 
16200   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
16201   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
16202   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
16203 
16204   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
16205   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
16206   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
16207   // the tag name visible.
16208   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
16209     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
16210 
16211   // Set the access specifier.
16212   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
16213     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
16214 
16215   if (PrevDecl)
16216     CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl);
16217 
16218   if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip))
16219     New->startDefinition();
16220 
16221   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
16222   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
16223 
16224   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
16225   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16226     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
16227     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
16228     if (PrevDecl)
16229       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
16230 
16231     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
16232     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
16233     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
16234       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
16235         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
16236   } else if (Name) {
16237     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
16238     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true);
16239   } else {
16240     CurContext->addDecl(New);
16241   }
16242 
16243   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
16244   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
16245     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
16246         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
16247         II->isStr("FILE"))
16248       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
16249 
16250   if (PrevDecl)
16251     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
16252 
16253   if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New))
16254     inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD);
16255 
16256   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16257   // record.
16258   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
16259 
16260   if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl())
16261     CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous);
16262 
16263   OwnedDecl = true;
16264   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
16265   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
16266   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16267     if (New->isBeingDefined())
16268       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
16269         RD->completeDefinition();
16270     return nullptr;
16271   } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) {
16272     return SkipBody->Previous;
16273   } else {
16274     return New;
16275   }
16276 }
16277 
16278 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16279   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16280   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16281 
16282   // Enter the tag context.
16283   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
16284 
16285   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
16286 
16287   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16288   // record.
16289   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
16290 }
16291 
16292 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
16293                                     SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) {
16294   if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New))
16295     return false;
16296 
16297   // Make the previous decl visible.
16298   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous);
16299   return true;
16300 }
16301 
16302 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
16303   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
16304          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
16305   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
16306   assert(OCD->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&
16307       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
16308   CurContext = OCD;
16309   return IDecl;
16310 }
16311 
16312 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16313                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
16314                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
16315                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
16316   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16317   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
16318 
16319   FieldCollector->StartClass();
16320 
16321   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
16322     return;
16323 
16324   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
16325     Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create(
16326         Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword,
16327         static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed)));
16328 
16329   // C++ [class]p2:
16330   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
16331   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
16332   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
16333   //   as if it were a public member name.
16334   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create(
16335       Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(),
16336       Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(),
16337       /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
16338       /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
16339   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
16340   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
16341   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
16342   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
16343       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
16344   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
16345   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
16346          "Broken injected-class-name");
16347 }
16348 
16349 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16350                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
16351   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16352   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16353   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
16354 
16355   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16356   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16357     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
16358     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16359       RD->completeDefinition();
16360   }
16361 
16362   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
16363     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
16364   }
16365 
16366   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
16367   PopDeclContext();
16368 
16369   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
16370       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
16371     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
16372 
16373   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
16374   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
16375     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
16376 }
16377 
16378 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
16379   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
16380   PopDeclContext();
16381 }
16382 
16383 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16384   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
16385   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
16386   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
16387 }
16388 
16389 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16390   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
16391   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
16392 }
16393 
16394 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16395   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16396   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16397   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
16398 
16399   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16400   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16401     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16402       RD->completeDefinition();
16403   }
16404 
16405   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
16406   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
16407   // the FieldCollector.
16408 
16409   PopDeclContext();
16410 }
16411 
16412 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
16413 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
16414                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
16415                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
16416                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
16417   assert(BitWidth);
16418   if (BitWidth->containsErrors())
16419     return ExprError();
16420 
16421   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
16422   if (ZeroWidth)
16423     *ZeroWidth = true;
16424 
16425   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
16426   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
16427   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
16428     // Handle incomplete and sizeless types with a specific error.
16429     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(FieldLoc, FieldTy,
16430                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless))
16431       return ExprError();
16432     if (FieldName)
16433       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
16434         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16435     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
16436       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16437   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
16438                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
16439     return ExprError();
16440 
16441   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
16442   // it now.
16443   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
16444     return BitWidth;
16445 
16446   llvm::APSInt Value;
16447   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value, AllowFold);
16448   if (ICE.isInvalid())
16449     return ICE;
16450   BitWidth = ICE.get();
16451 
16452   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
16453     *ZeroWidth = false;
16454 
16455   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
16456   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
16457     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
16458 
16459   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
16460     if (FieldName)
16461       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16462                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
16463     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16464       << Value.toString(10);
16465   }
16466 
16467   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
16468     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
16469     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
16470     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
16471 
16472     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
16473     // ABI.
16474     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
16475         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
16476     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
16477         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
16478         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
16479     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
16480       unsigned DiagWidth =
16481           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
16482       if (FieldName)
16483         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16484                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
16485                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
16486 
16487       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16488              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation
16489              << DiagWidth;
16490     }
16491 
16492     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
16493     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
16494     // 'bool'.
16495     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) {
16496       if (FieldName)
16497         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16498             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
16499             << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
16500       else
16501         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16502             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
16503     }
16504   }
16505 
16506   return BitWidth;
16507 }
16508 
16509 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
16510 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
16511 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
16512                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
16513   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
16514                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
16515                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
16516   return Res;
16517 }
16518 
16519 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
16520 ///
16521 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
16522                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
16523                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
16524                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
16525                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
16526   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
16527     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
16528     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
16529       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
16530     return nullptr;
16531   }
16532 
16533   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
16534   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
16535   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
16536 
16537   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
16538   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
16539   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16540     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
16541 
16542     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
16543                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
16544       D.setInvalidType();
16545       T = Context.IntTy;
16546       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
16547     }
16548   }
16549 
16550   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
16551 
16552   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
16553     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
16554         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
16555   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
16556     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
16557          diag::err_invalid_thread)
16558       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
16559 
16560   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
16561   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16562   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
16563                         ForVisibleRedeclaration);
16564   LookupName(Previous, S);
16565   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
16566     case LookupResult::Found:
16567     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
16568       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
16569       break;
16570 
16571     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
16572       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
16573       break;
16574 
16575     case LookupResult::NotFound:
16576     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
16577     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
16578       break;
16579   }
16580   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
16581 
16582   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
16583     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
16584     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
16585     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
16586     PrevDecl = nullptr;
16587   }
16588 
16589   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
16590     PrevDecl = nullptr;
16591 
16592   bool Mutable
16593     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
16594   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc();
16595   FieldDecl *NewFD
16596     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
16597                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
16598 
16599   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
16600     Record->setInvalidDecl();
16601 
16602   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
16603     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
16604 
16605   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
16606     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
16607     // with the same name in the same scope.
16608   } else if (II) {
16609     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
16610   } else
16611     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
16612 
16613   return NewFD;
16614 }
16615 
16616 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
16617 ///
16618 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
16619 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
16620 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
16621 /// created.
16622 ///
16623 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
16624 ///
16625 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
16626 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
16627                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
16628                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
16629                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
16630                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
16631                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
16632                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
16633                                 Declarator *D) {
16634   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
16635   bool InvalidDecl = false;
16636   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
16637 
16638   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
16639   // marking this declaration as invalid.
16640   if (T.isNull() || T->containsErrors()) {
16641     InvalidDecl = true;
16642     T = Context.IntTy;
16643   }
16644 
16645   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
16646   if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && !EltTy->containsErrors()) {
16647     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, EltTy,
16648                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
16649       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
16650       Record->setInvalidDecl();
16651       InvalidDecl = true;
16652     } else {
16653       NamedDecl *Def;
16654       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
16655       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
16656         Record->setInvalidDecl();
16657         InvalidDecl = true;
16658       }
16659     }
16660   }
16661 
16662   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space
16663   if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() ||
16664       T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) {
16665     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
16666     Record->setInvalidDecl();
16667     InvalidDecl = true;
16668   }
16669 
16670   if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
16671     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
16672     // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
16673     if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() ||
16674         T->isBlockPointerType()) {
16675       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
16676       Record->setInvalidDecl();
16677       InvalidDecl = true;
16678     }
16679     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
16680     if (BitWidth) {
16681       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
16682       InvalidDecl = true;
16683     }
16684   }
16685 
16686   // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229).
16687   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth &&
16688       T.hasQualifiers()) {
16689     InvalidDecl = true;
16690     Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers);
16691   }
16692 
16693   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
16694   // than a variably modified type.
16695   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
16696     bool SizeIsNegative;
16697     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
16698 
16699     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
16700       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
16701                                                     SizeIsNegative,
16702                                                     Oversized);
16703     if (FixedTInfo) {
16704       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
16705       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
16706       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
16707     } else {
16708       if (SizeIsNegative)
16709         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
16710       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
16711         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
16712           << Oversized.toString(10);
16713       else
16714         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
16715       InvalidDecl = true;
16716     }
16717   }
16718 
16719   // Fields can not have abstract class types
16720   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
16721                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
16722                                              AbstractFieldType))
16723     InvalidDecl = true;
16724 
16725   bool ZeroWidth = false;
16726   if (InvalidDecl)
16727     BitWidth = nullptr;
16728   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
16729   if (BitWidth) {
16730     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
16731                               &ZeroWidth).get();
16732     if (!BitWidth) {
16733       InvalidDecl = true;
16734       BitWidth = nullptr;
16735       ZeroWidth = false;
16736     }
16737   }
16738 
16739   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
16740   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
16741     unsigned DiagID = 0;
16742     if (T->isReferenceType())
16743       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
16744                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
16745     else if (T.isConstQualified())
16746       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
16747 
16748     if (DiagID) {
16749       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
16750       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
16751         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
16752       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
16753       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
16754         Mutable = false;
16755         InvalidDecl = true;
16756       }
16757     }
16758   }
16759 
16760   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
16761   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
16762   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
16763   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
16764     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
16765 
16766   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
16767                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
16768   if (InvalidDecl)
16769     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16770 
16771   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16772     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
16773     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16774     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16775   }
16776 
16777   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16778     if (Record->isUnion()) {
16779       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16780         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
16781         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
16782           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
16783           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
16784           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
16785           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
16786           // objects.
16787           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
16788             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16789         }
16790       }
16791 
16792       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
16793       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
16794       // enabled.
16795       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
16796         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
16797                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
16798                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
16799           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
16800         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
16801           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16802       }
16803     }
16804   }
16805 
16806   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
16807   // representation, not a parser representation.
16808   if (D) {
16809     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
16810     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
16811 
16812     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
16813       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
16814   }
16815 
16816   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
16817   // retainable type.
16818   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
16819     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16820 
16821   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
16822     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
16823 
16824   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
16825   return NewFD;
16826 }
16827 
16828 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
16829   assert(FD);
16830   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
16831 
16832   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
16833     return false;
16834 
16835   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
16836   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16837     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
16838     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
16839       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
16840       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
16841       // copy constructors.
16842 
16843       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
16844       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
16845       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
16846       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
16847       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
16848       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
16849       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
16850         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
16851       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
16852         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
16853       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
16854         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
16855       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
16856         member = CXXDestructor;
16857 
16858       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
16859         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
16860             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
16861           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
16862           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
16863           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
16864           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
16865           // members unavailable.
16866           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
16867           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
16868             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
16869               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
16870                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
16871             return false;
16872           }
16873         }
16874 
16875         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
16876                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
16877                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
16878           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
16879         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
16880         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
16881       }
16882     }
16883   }
16884 
16885   return false;
16886 }
16887 
16888 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
16889 ///  AST enum value.
16890 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
16891 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
16892   switch (ivarVisibility) {
16893   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
16894   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
16895   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
16896   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
16897   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
16898   }
16899 }
16900 
16901 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
16902 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
16903 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
16904                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
16905                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
16906                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
16907 
16908   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
16909   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
16910   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
16911   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
16912 
16913   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
16914   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
16915 
16916   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
16917   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
16918 
16919   if (BitWidth) {
16920     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
16921     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
16922     if (!BitWidth)
16923       D.setInvalidType();
16924   } else {
16925     // Not a bitfield.
16926 
16927     // validate II.
16928 
16929   }
16930   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
16931     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
16932     D.setInvalidType();
16933   }
16934   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
16935   // than a variably modified type.
16936   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
16937     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
16938     D.setInvalidType();
16939   }
16940 
16941   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
16942   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
16943     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
16944                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
16945   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
16946   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
16947   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
16948     return nullptr;
16949   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
16950   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
16951       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16952     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
16953     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
16954       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
16955       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
16956     }
16957     else
16958       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
16959   } else {
16960     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
16961         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16962       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
16963         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
16964         return nullptr;
16965       }
16966     }
16967     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
16968   }
16969 
16970   // Construct the decl.
16971   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
16972                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
16973                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
16974 
16975   if (II) {
16976     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
16977                                            ForVisibleRedeclaration);
16978     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
16979         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16980       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
16981       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16982       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16983     }
16984   }
16985 
16986   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
16987   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
16988 
16989   if (D.isInvalidType())
16990     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16991 
16992   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
16993   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
16994     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16995 
16996   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
16997     NewID->setModulePrivate();
16998 
16999   if (II) {
17000     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
17001     // these to the interface.
17002     S->AddDecl(NewID);
17003     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
17004   }
17005 
17006   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
17007       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
17008     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
17009 
17010   return NewID;
17011 }
17012 
17013 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
17014 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
17015 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
17016 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
17017 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
17018                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
17019   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
17020     return;
17021 
17022   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
17023   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
17024 
17025   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
17026     return;
17027   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
17028   if (!ID) {
17029     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
17030       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
17031         return;
17032     }
17033     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
17034     else
17035       return;
17036   }
17037   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
17038   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
17039   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
17040 
17041   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
17042                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
17043                               Context.CharTy,
17044                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
17045                                                                DeclLoc),
17046                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
17047                               true);
17048   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
17049 }
17050 
17051 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
17052                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
17053                        SourceLocation RBrac,
17054                        const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
17055   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
17056 
17057   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
17058   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
17059   // it will now change.
17060   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17061     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17062     switch (DC->getKind()) {
17063     default: break;
17064     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
17065       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17066       break;
17067     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
17068       Context.
17069         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17070       break;
17071     }
17072   }
17073 
17074   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17075   CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17076 
17077   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
17078   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
17079   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
17080   if (Record) {
17081     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
17082       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
17083         if (IFD->getDeclName())
17084           ++NumNamedMembers;
17085     }
17086   }
17087 
17088   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
17089   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
17090 
17091   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
17092        i != end; ++i) {
17093     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
17094 
17095     // Get the type for the field.
17096     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
17097 
17098     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
17099       // Remember all fields written by the user.
17100       RecFields.push_back(FD);
17101     }
17102 
17103     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
17104     // diagnostics about it.
17105     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
17106       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17107       continue;
17108     }
17109 
17110     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
17111     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
17112     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
17113     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
17114     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
17115     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
17116     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
17117     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
17118     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
17119     //   array.
17120     bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end());
17121     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
17122       // Field declared as a function.
17123       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
17124         << FD->getDeclName();
17125       FD->setInvalidDecl();
17126       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17127       continue;
17128     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
17129                (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) {
17130       if (Record) {
17131         // Flexible array member.
17132         // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
17133         // It will accept flexible array in union and also
17134         // as the sole element of a struct/class.
17135         unsigned DiagID = 0;
17136         if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) {
17137           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end)
17138             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind();
17139           Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration);
17140           FD->setInvalidDecl();
17141           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17142           continue;
17143         } else if (Record->isUnion())
17144           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17145                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
17146                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17147                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
17148                              : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
17149         else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
17150           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17151                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
17152                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17153                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
17154                              : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
17155 
17156         if (DiagID)
17157           Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
17158                                           << Record->getTagKind();
17159         // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
17160         // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
17161         // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
17162         // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
17163         // of the type.
17164         if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0)
17165           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
17166               << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17167         if (!getLangOpts().C99)
17168           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
17169             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17170 
17171         // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
17172         // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
17173         //
17174         // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
17175         // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
17176         QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17177         if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
17178           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
17179             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17180           FD->setInvalidDecl();
17181           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17182           continue;
17183         }
17184         // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
17185         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17186       } else {
17187         // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted,
17188         // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done
17189         // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known.
17190       }
17191     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
17192                RequireCompleteSizedType(
17193                    FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17194                    diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
17195       // Incomplete type
17196       FD->setInvalidDecl();
17197       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17198       continue;
17199     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17200       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
17201         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
17202         // flexible array member.
17203         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17204         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
17205           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
17206           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
17207           // structures.
17208           if (!IsLastField)
17209             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
17210               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17211           else {
17212             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
17213             // other structs as an extension.
17214             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
17215               << FD->getDeclName();
17216           }
17217         }
17218       }
17219       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
17220           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17221                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
17222                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
17223         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
17224         FD->setInvalidDecl();
17225       }
17226       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17227         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17228       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
17229         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17230     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
17231       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
17232       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
17233         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
17234       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
17235       FD->setType(T);
17236     } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() &&
17237                FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
17238                getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) &&
17239                !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() &&
17240                (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
17241                 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) {
17242       // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system
17243       // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked
17244       // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can
17245       // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but
17246       // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under
17247       // ARC.
17248       FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(
17249           Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership,
17250           FD->getLocation()));
17251     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
17252                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && Record &&
17253                !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
17254       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17255           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
17256         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17257       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
17258         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17259         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
17260             BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17261           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17262         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17263                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
17264                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17265       }
17266     }
17267 
17268     if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17269         !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) {
17270       QualType FT = FD->getType();
17271       if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) {
17272         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true);
17273         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
17274             Record->isUnion())
17275           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true);
17276       }
17277       QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy();
17278       if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) {
17279         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true);
17280         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17281           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true);
17282       }
17283       if (FT.isDestructedType()) {
17284         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true);
17285         Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true);
17286         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17287           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true);
17288       }
17289 
17290       if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17291         if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() ==
17292             RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs)
17293           Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17294       } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
17295         Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17296     }
17297 
17298     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
17299       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17300     // Keep track of the number of named members.
17301     if (FD->getIdentifier())
17302       ++NumNamedMembers;
17303   }
17304 
17305   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
17306   if (Record) {
17307     bool Completed = false;
17308     if (CXXRecord) {
17309       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17310         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
17311         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
17312                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
17313                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
17314           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
17315       }
17316 
17317       // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
17318       AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
17319 
17320       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
17321         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17322           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
17323           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
17324           // problem now.
17325           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
17326             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
17327             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
17328 
17329             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
17330                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
17331                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
17332               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
17333                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
17334                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
17335                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
17336                        "Virtual function without overriding functions?");
17337                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
17338                   continue;
17339 
17340                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
17341                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
17342                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
17343                 //   program is ill-formed.
17344                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
17345                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
17346                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
17347                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
17348                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
17349                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
17350                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
17351                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
17352                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
17353                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
17354 
17355                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
17356               }
17357             }
17358             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
17359             Completed = true;
17360           }
17361         }
17362       }
17363     }
17364 
17365     if (!Completed)
17366       Record->completeDefinition();
17367 
17368     // Handle attributes before checking the layout.
17369     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs);
17370 
17371     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
17372     if (CXXRecord) {
17373       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
17374       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
17375           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) {
17376         CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted();
17377         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
17378       }
17379     }
17380 
17381     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
17382       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
17383 
17384       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
17385         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
17386                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
17387                                            IA->getInheritanceModel());
17388     }
17389 
17390     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
17391     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
17392     // compatibility problems.
17393     bool CheckForZeroSize;
17394     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17395       CheckForZeroSize = true;
17396     } else {
17397       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
17398       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
17399       CheckForZeroSize =
17400           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
17401           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && !inTemplateInstantiation() &&
17402           CXXRecord->isCLike();
17403     }
17404     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
17405       bool ZeroSize = true;
17406       bool IsEmpty = true;
17407       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
17408       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
17409                                       E = Record->field_end();
17410            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
17411         IsEmpty = false;
17412         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
17413           if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
17414             ZeroSize = false;
17415         } else {
17416           ++NonBitFields;
17417           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
17418           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
17419               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
17420             ZeroSize = false;
17421         }
17422       }
17423 
17424       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
17425       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
17426       // extern "C" block.
17427       if (ZeroSize) {
17428         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
17429                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
17430                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
17431           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
17432       }
17433 
17434       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
17435       // but are accepted by GCC.
17436       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17437         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
17438                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
17439           << Record->isUnion();
17440       }
17441     }
17442   } else {
17443     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
17444       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
17445     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17446       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
17447       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
17448       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17449         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
17450         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17451       }
17452       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
17453       // duplicates.
17454       if (ID->getSuperClass())
17455         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
17456     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
17457                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17458       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
17459       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
17460         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
17461         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
17462         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
17463       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
17464       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17465       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17466     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
17467                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17468       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
17469       // reported as errors elsewhere.
17470       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
17471       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
17472       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
17473       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
17474       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
17475       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17476         if (IDecl) {
17477           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
17478               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17479             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17480                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17481             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17482             continue;
17483           }
17484           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
17485             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
17486                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17487               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17488                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17489               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17490               continue;
17491             }
17492           }
17493         }
17494         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
17495         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17496       }
17497       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17498       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17499     }
17500   }
17501 }
17502 
17503 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
17504 /// the given type T.
17505 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
17506                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
17507                                         QualType T) {
17508   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) &&
17509          "Integral type required!");
17510   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
17511 
17512   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
17513     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
17514       --BitWidth;
17515     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
17516   }
17517   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
17518 }
17519 
17520 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
17521 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
17522 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
17523   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
17524   // enum checking below.
17525   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) ||
17526          T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!");
17527   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
17528   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17529     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
17530   };
17531   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17532     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
17533     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
17534   };
17535 
17536   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
17537   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
17538                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
17539   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
17540     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
17541       return Types[I];
17542 
17543   return QualType();
17544 }
17545 
17546 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
17547                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
17548                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
17549                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
17550                                           Expr *Val) {
17551   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
17552   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
17553   QualType EltTy;
17554 
17555   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
17556     Val = nullptr;
17557 
17558   if (Val)
17559     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
17560 
17561   if (Val) {
17562     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
17563       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
17564     else {
17565       // FIXME: We don't allow folding in C++11 mode for an enum with a fixed
17566       // underlying type, but do allow it in all other contexts.
17567       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) {
17568         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
17569         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
17570         // constant expression of the underlying type.
17571         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17572         ExprResult Converted =
17573           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
17574                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
17575         if (Converted.isInvalid())
17576           Val = nullptr;
17577         else
17578           Val = Converted.get();
17579       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
17580                  !(Val =
17581                        VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal, AllowFold)
17582                            .get())) {
17583         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
17584       } else {
17585         if (Enum->isComplete()) {
17586           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17587 
17588           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
17589           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
17590           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
17591           // expression checking.
17592           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17593             if (Context.getTargetInfo()
17594                     .getTriple()
17595                     .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
17596               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17597             } else {
17598               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17599             }
17600           }
17601 
17602           // Cast to the underlying type.
17603           Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
17604                                   EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean
17605                                                          : CK_IntegralCast)
17606                     .get();
17607         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17608           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
17609           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17610           //   is the type of its initializing value:
17611           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
17612           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
17613           EltTy = Val->getType();
17614         } else {
17615           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
17616           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
17617           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
17618           //   representable as an int.
17619 
17620           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
17621           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
17622             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17623               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
17624               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
17625           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
17626             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
17627             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
17628           }
17629           EltTy = Val->getType();
17630         }
17631       }
17632     }
17633   }
17634 
17635   if (!Val) {
17636     if (Enum->isDependentType())
17637       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
17638     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
17639       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
17640       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17641       //   is the type of its initializing value:
17642       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
17643       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
17644       //
17645       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
17646       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
17647       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
17648         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17649       }
17650       else {
17651         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
17652       }
17653     } else {
17654       // Assign the last value + 1.
17655       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17656       ++EnumVal;
17657       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
17658 
17659       // Check for overflow on increment.
17660       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
17661         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
17662         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17663         //   is the type of its initializing value:
17664         //
17665         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
17666         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
17667         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
17668         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
17669         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
17670         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
17671         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
17672         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
17673           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
17674           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
17675           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17676           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
17677           ++EnumVal;
17678           if (Enum->isFixed())
17679             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
17680             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
17681               << EnumVal.toString(10)
17682               << EltTy;
17683           else
17684             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
17685               << EnumVal.toString(10);
17686         } else {
17687           EltTy = T;
17688         }
17689 
17690         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
17691         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
17692         // value, then increment.
17693         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17694         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
17695         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
17696         ++EnumVal;
17697 
17698         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
17699         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
17700         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
17701         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
17702         // integral type.
17703         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
17704           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
17705       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17706                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17707         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
17708         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17709           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
17710       }
17711     }
17712   }
17713 
17714   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
17715     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
17716     // enumerator's type.
17717     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
17718     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
17719   }
17720 
17721   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
17722                                   Val, EnumVal);
17723 }
17724 
17725 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
17726                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
17727   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
17728       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17729     return SkipBodyInfo();
17730 
17731   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
17732   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
17733   // skip the body.
17734   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
17735                                          forRedeclarationInCurContext());
17736   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
17737   if (!PrevECD)
17738     return SkipBodyInfo();
17739 
17740   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
17741   NamedDecl *Hidden;
17742   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
17743     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
17744     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
17745     return Skip;
17746   }
17747 
17748   return SkipBodyInfo();
17749 }
17750 
17751 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
17752                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
17753                               const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
17754                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
17755   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
17756   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
17757     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
17758 
17759   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
17760   // we find one that is.
17761   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
17762 
17763   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
17764   // scope.
17765   LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration);
17766   LookupName(R, S);
17767   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
17768 
17769   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
17770     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
17771     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
17772     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
17773     PrevDecl = nullptr;
17774   }
17775 
17776   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
17777   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
17778   // different from T:
17779   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
17780   // enumerated type
17781   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
17782     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
17783                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
17784 
17785   EnumConstantDecl *New =
17786     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
17787   if (!New)
17788     return nullptr;
17789 
17790   if (PrevDecl) {
17791     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17792       // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled.
17793       CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R);
17794     }
17795 
17796     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
17797     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
17798     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
17799            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
17800     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
17801       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
17802         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
17803       else
17804         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
17805       notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc);
17806       return nullptr;
17807     }
17808   }
17809 
17810   // Process attributes.
17811   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
17812   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
17813 
17814   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
17815   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
17816   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
17817 
17818   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
17819 
17820   return New;
17821 }
17822 
17823 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
17824 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
17825 // Element2 = Element1
17826 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
17827 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
17828 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
17829 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
17830   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
17831   if (!InitExpr)
17832     return true;
17833   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
17834 
17835   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
17836     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
17837       return true;
17838     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
17839     if (!IL)
17840       return true;
17841     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
17842       return true;
17843 
17844     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
17845   }
17846 
17847   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
17848   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
17849   if (!DRE)
17850     return true;
17851 
17852   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
17853   if (!EnumConstant)
17854     return true;
17855 
17856   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
17857       Enum)
17858     return true;
17859 
17860   return false;
17861 }
17862 
17863 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
17864 // a previous element has already been set to.
17865 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
17866                                         EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) {
17867   // Avoid anonymous enums
17868   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
17869     return;
17870 
17871   // Only check for small enums.
17872   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
17873     return;
17874 
17875   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
17876     return;
17877 
17878   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
17879   typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector;
17880 
17881   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
17882 
17883   // DenseMaps cannot contain the all ones int64_t value, so use unordered_map.
17884   typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap;
17885 
17886   // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for map keys.
17887   auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) {
17888     llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal();
17889     return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue();
17890   };
17891 
17892   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
17893   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
17894 
17895   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
17896   // an initializer.
17897   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
17898     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
17899 
17900     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
17901     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
17902     if (!ECD) {
17903       return;
17904     }
17905 
17906     // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop.
17907     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
17908       continue;
17909 
17910     // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop.
17911     EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD});
17912   }
17913 
17914   if (EnumMap.size() == 0)
17915     return;
17916 
17917   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
17918   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
17919     // The last loop returned if any constant was null.
17920     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
17921     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
17922       continue;
17923 
17924     auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD));
17925     if (Iter == EnumMap.end())
17926       continue;
17927 
17928     DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second;
17929     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
17930       // Ensure constants are different.
17931       if (D == ECD)
17932         continue;
17933 
17934       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
17935       auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>();
17936       Vec->push_back(D);
17937       Vec->push_back(ECD);
17938 
17939       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
17940       Entry = Vec.get();
17941 
17942       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
17943       // diagnostics.
17944       DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec));
17945       continue;
17946     }
17947 
17948     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
17949     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
17950     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
17951       continue;
17952 
17953     Vec->push_back(ECD);
17954   }
17955 
17956   // Emit diagnostics.
17957   for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) {
17958     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
17959 
17960     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
17961     auto *FirstECD = Vec->front();
17962     S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
17963       << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10)
17964       << FirstECD->getSourceRange();
17965 
17966     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
17967     // the same value.
17968     for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end()))
17969       S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
17970         << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10)
17971         << ECD->getSourceRange();
17972   }
17973 }
17974 
17975 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
17976                              bool AllowMask) const {
17977   assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum");
17978   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
17979 
17980   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
17981   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
17982 
17983   if (R.second) {
17984     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
17985       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
17986       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
17987       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
17988         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
17989     }
17990   }
17991 
17992   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
17993   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
17994   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
17995   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
17996   //
17997   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
17998   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
17999   // likely a logic error.
18000   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
18001   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
18002 }
18003 
18004 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
18005                          Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
18006                          const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
18007   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
18008   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
18009 
18010   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs);
18011 
18012   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
18013     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
18014       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
18015         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
18016       if (!ECD) continue;
18017 
18018       ECD->setType(EnumType);
18019     }
18020 
18021     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
18022     return;
18023   }
18024 
18025   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
18026   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
18027   // emit a warning.
18028   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
18029   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
18030   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
18031 
18032   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
18033   // reverse the list.
18034   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
18035   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
18036 
18037   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
18038   bool AllElementsInt = true;
18039 
18040   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
18041     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
18042       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
18043     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18044 
18045     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18046 
18047     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
18048     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
18049       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
18050                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
18051     else
18052       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
18053                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
18054 
18055     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common).
18056     if (AllElementsInt)
18057       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
18058   }
18059 
18060   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
18061   QualType BestType;
18062   unsigned BestWidth;
18063 
18064   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
18065   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
18066   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
18067   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
18068   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
18069   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
18070   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
18071   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
18072   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
18073   QualType BestPromotionType;
18074 
18075   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
18076   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
18077   // enum definitions.
18078   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
18079     Packed = true;
18080 
18081   // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the
18082   // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators.
18083   if (Enum->isComplete()) {
18084     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
18085     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
18086       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
18087     else
18088       BestPromotionType = BestType;
18089 
18090     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
18091   }
18092   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
18093     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
18094     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
18095     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18096     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
18097       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
18098       BestWidth = CharWidth;
18099     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
18100                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
18101       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
18102       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18103     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
18104       BestType = Context.IntTy;
18105       BestWidth = IntWidth;
18106     } else {
18107       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
18108 
18109       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
18110         BestType = Context.LongTy;
18111       } else {
18112         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18113 
18114         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
18115           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
18116         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
18117       }
18118     }
18119     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
18120   } else {
18121     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
18122     // all of the enumerator values.
18123     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18124     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
18125       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
18126       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18127       BestWidth = CharWidth;
18128     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
18129       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
18130       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18131       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18132     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
18133       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
18134       BestWidth = IntWidth;
18135       BestPromotionType
18136         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18137                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
18138     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
18139                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
18140       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
18141       BestPromotionType
18142         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18143                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
18144     } else {
18145       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18146       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
18147              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
18148       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
18149       BestPromotionType
18150         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18151                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
18152     }
18153   }
18154 
18155   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
18156   // the type of the enum if needed.
18157   for (auto *D : Elements) {
18158     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18159     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18160 
18161     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
18162     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
18163     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
18164     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
18165     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
18166 
18167     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
18168     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18169 
18170     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
18171     // the enum decl type.
18172     QualType NewTy;
18173     unsigned NewWidth;
18174     bool NewSign;
18175     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
18176         !Enum->isFixed() &&
18177         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
18178       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
18179       NewWidth = IntWidth;
18180       NewSign = true;
18181     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
18182       // Already the right type!
18183       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18184         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18185         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18186         // enumeration.
18187         ECD->setType(EnumType);
18188       continue;
18189     } else {
18190       NewTy = BestType;
18191       NewWidth = BestWidth;
18192       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
18193     }
18194 
18195     // Adjust the APSInt value.
18196     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
18197     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
18198     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
18199 
18200     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
18201     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
18202         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
18203       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(
18204           Context, NewTy, CK_IntegralCast, ECD->getInitExpr(),
18205           /*base paths*/ nullptr, VK_RValue, FPOptionsOverride()));
18206     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18207       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18208       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18209       // enumeration.
18210       ECD->setType(EnumType);
18211     else
18212       ECD->setType(NewTy);
18213   }
18214 
18215   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
18216                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
18217 
18218   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
18219 
18220   if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) {
18221     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
18222       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18223       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18224 
18225       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18226       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
18227           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
18228         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
18229           << ECD << Enum;
18230     }
18231   }
18232 
18233   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
18234   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
18235     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
18236 }
18237 
18238 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
18239                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
18240                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
18241   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
18242 
18243   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
18244                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
18245                                                    EndLoc);
18246   CurContext->addDecl(New);
18247   return New;
18248 }
18249 
18250 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18251                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18252                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18253                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
18254                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18255   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
18256                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
18257   AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc),
18258                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma);
18259   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(
18260       Context, AliasName->getName(), /*LiteralLabel=*/true, Info);
18261 
18262   // If a declaration that:
18263   // 1) declares a function or a variable
18264   // 2) has external linkage
18265   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
18266   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18267     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
18268       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
18269     else
18270       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
18271           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
18272   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
18273   } else
18274     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
18275 }
18276 
18277 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18278                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18279                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
18280   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
18281 
18282   if (PrevDecl) {
18283     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
18284   } else {
18285     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18286       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
18287         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
18288   }
18289 }
18290 
18291 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18292                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18293                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18294                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
18295                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18296   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
18297                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
18298   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
18299 
18300   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18301     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
18302       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
18303         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
18304   } else {
18305     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18306       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
18307   }
18308 }
18309 
18310 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
18311   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
18312 }
18313 
18314 Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *FD,
18315                                                      bool Final) {
18316   // SYCL functions can be template, so we check if they have appropriate
18317   // attribute prior to checking if it is a template.
18318   if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice && FD->hasAttr<SYCLKernelAttr>())
18319     return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18320 
18321   // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated.
18322   if (FD->isDependentContext())
18323     return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded;
18324 
18325   FunctionEmissionStatus OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown;
18326   if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) {
18327     Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18328         OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18329     if (DevTy.hasValue()) {
18330       if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host)
18331         OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18332       else if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost ||
18333                *DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any) {
18334         OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18335       }
18336     }
18337   } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP) {
18338     // In OpenMP 4.5 all the functions are host functions.
18339     if (LangOpts.OpenMP <= 45) {
18340       OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18341     } else {
18342       Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18343           OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18344       // In OpenMP 5.0 or above, DevTy may be changed later by
18345       // #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*). Therefore DevTy
18346       // having no value does not imply host. The emission status will be
18347       // checked again at the end of compilation unit.
18348       if (DevTy.hasValue()) {
18349         if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost) {
18350           OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18351         } else if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host ||
18352                    *DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any)
18353           OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18354       } else if (Final)
18355         OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18356     }
18357   }
18358   if (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded ||
18359       (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted && !LangOpts.CUDA))
18360     return OMPES;
18361 
18362   if (LangOpts.CUDA) {
18363     // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted.  Similarly,
18364     // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted.
18365     // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this
18366     // doesn't count for our purposes here.)
18367     Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD);
18368     if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host)
18369       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18370     if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18371         (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global))
18372       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18373 
18374     // Check whether this function is externally visible -- if so, it's
18375     // known-emitted.
18376     //
18377     // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we
18378     // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will
18379     // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline".
18380     FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition();
18381 
18382     if (Def &&
18383         !isDiscardableGVALinkage(getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def))
18384         && (!LangOpts.OpenMP || OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted))
18385       return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18386   }
18387 
18388   // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of
18389   // known-emitted functions.
18390   return FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown;
18391 }
18392 
18393 bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) {
18394   // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the
18395   // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked.
18396   // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function
18397   // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the
18398   // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling
18399   // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as
18400   // known-emitted.
18401   return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18402          IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) == CFT_Global;
18403 }
18404